vy
soe UP yw oly
sielepeys ol wes
we ee ey
wre foyer
Sei vives we
Pe Sc ee ee ae
petessoe ste we
ov Oe Seely
wie st iefeici~
wee ef viclivisivl v
on
vO SI CR SIS whe
viel gia wide) wie
Svbyi ete ew
CHESS iv lala lete lear viele’
pe Phe ai ves wte es viele se Sia e
Pel wie we tow vi sie wis
PES ver eb we ely owe
Fe wlace viv elely ete
Fee kw tie eh a
Wie 28) Fwy; sir he
=e rie FOV wows eis
Pew eee ee
PE Sly Sele eee ove
Cd St ah tk de te
Poe et vies ele ey eet.
vivir wigs ley
‘woe vive
vive lw w
aya wigeet
te ey
twa elelesty ies
. ~
VV wv eis
‘wes
eee eee we Sa
vee tgee,
mvs
oly vyriviy steely
ewer er
vie
Ve we OF voelsle ey
Vovieh es eletetiedly
~~
(a9 let Cini
Le Id |
wipe ae ‘vie
Steswes
i ce an]
eee bet eels ele: eotlvde sovie
oe tte
po See Ss wiseia se wee!
Vale wwe wie
~ j
P¥y ie Sete eh oy sa t
Nes Tiebet eee
wee
whee. Pers
dead ono th oe ehh Te
eee we,
Sere s el eateries
iv v{y wivt
b Ads wh ck ec
a ae ;
Pweg! aye wr : :
- €
wee ees
(e42
a aad vee
+7 iat it nae
‘ ies ath en Bik tt
isos : oe
Miaite la te
ent
eg - be
‘ee -
RtSoAS ju ee
. Shake:
fa eee
ae
; ool
ieee
ste eee
tt het Peek
eagle Cee
a oe a ne as
ek ee ee a Sere
ee ee ee ee
ay
ee
PP ows ee vis ’
cae ie ta ak ck ae ee ie a
Ve alta ee ew ele
a tedndhe aac oe nae .
We spe ve. ie ie
WW whe a wey:
Peles a Phe eg! :
shehelalyietsteros
Feit
saa
:
ieee Z
ope
aba
. aay
tea nee
eiuktts
Rateeines a
ipiwiyte witps P tad
a wives
Lakh SAK Ces
, eho be ie liclw el a
kk ak ae
Vee ele OS el eee er
- :
ees * . nee « 4
LA ae ee ee a De a Sn
ve eextetvaritstets Sects ;
Bie ei bard ie Se gees
wee
Woe ry eg ts -_
vwelie *
wWMeew ve
ef
. Vivier ee eer
Tete
iereieies we
ie
bd
7
see
oe
as
wee eae
‘ope tarfuretvis cle
ele ere
Leewivrs
(Ewe eee
5 felb-tea-dh oe
wot rive!
a ee a
vowel ele
VIVE Fe Wie Vivlete
oUF a Se wep yi sivis
Pe Siew Hh el vine
Siete wi viv wlg ei sivewivgs
feyirl ey
Yi wis ely wits
viele fei wivyele™s
CFV ie Tel Stel ele ete ys whats ist eke
ee) ele ope rivinteiviviyiy wt
bi 5 Afi dk hae oe ot Fe eee Se wee Orley
sae te ak aie tee gees)
ore eb bebdiee sy
Se Oe ee Sw el oe
hepato wi,
eee
erletel wt pringdk
- wow ee es
ow
Sr
where a wie he el
CW ee ere
Sa ee vinta wee
Sew ele he 2 Ore
-
ty ere wHeleF
Wieleseis Ld ibd bie
9) eee SSIS woh as wheres ete ele axles eres
PSE eh else dele weber els wks wisiels
eee tS TEM ele eri ee
oil ee ak oie ie a ok 2} ere ret
iad
wee
vw
eee ele Many
el Sie tialeleiv
*
. ee er 4
rs
tee ewes
4 Bee eye
veils
+o
BER vl tie wie
Ve we Ss wivislere’s
¥
see ele ys
ov ry So woe ele e +
bey Pe wed we ahs
“%
Pe wheelers
wes (ola -el tebe ‘ 4 Sek io eae oe
eves
eles el aisle ye wheleawt
wi viele (etabe terete! -pigivr srs
tv iwistvlriwss
VW RS Whrsin ss
“vist efel &leivisis oleis
folie erelepal si sin dele
Carta hana
view ®
jee whe ely eels eile
wre ete aot iA we 2
fab Shik a oe
oi lute
Sevel et the tetelsisie
eet evel eet
eee erie
yl eleretelat rl yl stetety
ee! ghsha w)eestet ?
4 Siege el ehehe eKe:
ms Pe Te wee
x
Saye wate Ce ed
eeslels eleleiaiey st
SB Sieyee lel ae ee ez wis
e}ul
Tiwi ete le helt eig wie ah
vie vipiwye eps iel ei =
¥ ively glelety
Sie atpty ete
ih died be Wak Ak oe 2
eae oe wiles Pete rviehel ye? visite niahe:
CIE ye ee wir wl ef eiwle) ¥iet
Vie yw Viele eet le vie Bie
vielyoe « wisdel yl rhereicie
OS Oe Coe apr wie
Viniety yy we ty
eh she's vis
alesis ey ere
‘or ee ete re)
7 Pla evelw lee
Sele eee
AL AL ihe oe we oe 2 ea one
Sere lel whee ee shel sire!
oe ase ee piwix
VOT OTe ows
v sl wis' site
twee
oes Uw es elves
wie it i vhete te were
or
’
Fives wipe tery
VPS siete lela es whelers vie
wey vow ees
vw swt ey
ews
VE ee vl ys vives tie iet py o vletyrs
SPP el tise vive
el lel vier she
Pale ine
views
vie
vee Via ete esi leg 5
Sede Mleiviebe el bralis cs hte ein y
Lhe MP ARAS Ud RISO ted ee Re tee *
e.
relwtiater diel y
wee ‘
ere eee pS
Vie ete vheteigiy se pie?
, ve ata
weer lthe
el el ee Seles a
wee ofew st rels lets
eee ee WE Ee ete le
Feely ewe eles
“ow viriwos © ste
Evi wyet Sie shel ets s! shes
or ele ree
~ whe Pie se vere eltiy
Fie we ele lets
Vite eviews
Vretelrleletylyrey ely
betepe e's iviere ties sivks
js eles steels |
erelet vie
Fie ee eyes
om ten weirs ey,
Bie egetely eo whe
ewe
eiyiy
eee ee elses ive 6%
se we" < whriageigt
; : see
wig ele wis krterst ciel »
eee rive es
3 ae tee cn Felels
sels Swiss
rw ls efeleieiy w
WIT vie she ele! &
webs be
oh ete 6 lane
Tia wletedrie wv ebe
a eee ee
ewe we
eiviwlepe le ele
Sige Se wie eye ¥
Fle sels seshet ote
Vlei peretwce thee weiai vie
t yetel epee re) %
eielwts sig weit
eee ie or a oe
Pele ws sw ee
we
ewe
>
cow
oe el
weve seve
ore ees r
ewe ees
ower
e*
ete.
*
vitie
wer
1¥/ © we eie vitpe els
wees sie ~
Ched wryte se easie
9
at
a ‘
-
(
7
:
!
7
a2)
_
oo
Sd
ced
:
-
-
+
- V
eat
cm
a
-
*
v)
oe
7
x
b=)
i 7
: 7 .
:
~~" e ¢
7 é ip" a
Denia ee
Mites,
PROCEEDINGS ~~
OF THE | @:
© RE Se te
N eS
= ~3
ICAL AND POLYTECHNIC
NEw SERIES, VoL. VL: Parr I., pp. 1 to 155.
With Fibe Plates,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE YORKSHIRE
Geological aunt Polutechnig Society,
Vols Vill, RaART <£,
WITH FIVE PLATES.
Epitep By JAMES W. DAVIS, F.S.A., F.L.8., F.G.S,
LSS
CONTENTS.
PAPERS :— PAGE.
1. “Biographical Notices of Eminent Yorkshire Geologists, I., ‘John
Phillips.” By the Editor. Exe fe ot ae
2. “On the White Chalk of Yorkshire.” By the Rev. E. Maule Cole,
IMBAG HSG.S: 1.23 or at a oped
3. ‘Glacial Sections near Bridlington. ” By G. W. Lamplugh. Part IL,
‘* Cliff Section extending 900 yards south of the Harbour.” ... 9 27
4, “Notes on the Occurrence of Fossil Fish Remains in the Carbonif-
erous Limestone Series of Yorkshire.” By J. W. Davis, F.G.8. 39
5. “On the Lead Veins in the pe ee 00d of ee By J. Ray
Eddy, F.G.S8. 63
6. ‘On the Discovers 2 for Flint Implements on ‘the Hills Bee
Todmorden and Marsden.” By Robert Law and James Horsfall 70
7. “Yorkshire Fossil Mollusca.” By William Cash. sa 77
S. ‘On the Recent Extension of Mining Operations under the Permian
Formations.” By Thomas William Tew, Esq., J.P. , 89
9. ‘ Photograph,-Thornwick Bay, Flamborough.” By G. W. aniplien 103
10. ‘On some Sections Exposed duringthe Formation of Line of the
Railway between Upton and Kirk Smeaton.” By James W.
“Davis, F.G.S. * elon
11. ‘ Notes on the fea sion to re West Ridine of pVonkenre: fonction
with Preliminary Remarks.” By W. H. Hudleston, FG. Shy
President of the Geologists’ Association, London. .., Be ees ig ts)
12. Secretary’s Report and Balance Sheet. ae Lis 136-140
13. Minutes, ... as a r we «141
14, Summary of Geaeeical Teteratare ene he fs ot L4G
15. List of Members. ... = sat oe a ep ee)
Meteorology of Bradford for 1882, = J. McLandsborough, F.G.8., and
and A. G. Preston, F.G.S.
LEEDS:
Prinrep By A. MreGson AND Sons, Barnes’ BurLpines, BANK STREET.
1383,
— —- a ha! = _ a) ee
: :
? sept
. \
“a \ ~
‘
: Ce *
.
. ‘ 9 fe
a Y
4
F
. o . 4 )
. 5
i .
. : : z '
y ‘ ,. - !
~ . S ,
/ . ;
: . 5 {
Fl ;
a x
t
\ < «
of y
= - '
: - X
hag
", t
' i ‘ . . .
: é‘ . ‘ : iy
- ‘
5 * :
—s
. * 7 b =
= cS ad i " i
5 k
) - ~
: . -
q . rf r d é;
= . 2 * y &
tee -
ee \ :
7 5 0 :
re * 5 i.
ef ‘
Z i 7
: - ‘ : .
a : ‘ a
| . -
e f 3
. :
are = ; 5 ;
4 * x 4 p . :
: > . j
~ Shy ‘ Z y 2
= 7 .
Vion VII.) [PART I.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
YORKSHIRE
GEOLOGICAL AND POLYTECHNIC SOCIETY.
rarer es ern or or ose ee ees
Epitep By JAMES W. DAVIS, F.S.A., F.G.S., &c.
we eeeeaeeaea5ye})}pyrrr re E2 0 EES
TSS a.
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES OF EMINENT YORKSHIRE GEOLOGISTS.
I, ‘““JOHN PHILLIPS.” BY THE EDITOR.
My personal knowledge of Professor John Phillips dates no further
back than the meeting of the British Association at Bradford, in
1873, only one year before his death. My recollection is very fresh
of his kind and genial face, his winning and encouraging smile, the
ever-ready and wise words with which he brightened and enlivened
the most perplexing questions, and the deep knowledge and great
experience which lay below and prompted all his observations.
This comparatively slight personal knowledge, however, has served
to give life and vigour, an actuality which otherwise might have
been impossible, to the study of the works of the veteran geolo-
gist. Within the short period of the life of John Phillips, the
history of geology as a science has had its birth, has been
nurtured and grown, and before his death, its interesting ramifi-
cations had encircled the whole crust of the earth. The germs
of truth gathered and elucidated by Professor Phillips and his
uncle; William Smith, have served as the basis on which the
whole superstructure of geological science has been erected.
4 DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS.
Before the advent of the present century, a correct knowledge
of the composition of the crust of the earth had no existence. The
whole aggregation of the rocks was generally imputed to the action
of the deluge as defined by the Mosaic description, and the
occasional discovery of the embedded fossil remains of some plant
or animal was considered due to a freak of nature, an accidental
representation of some living form. Such were the theories of
Tertullian and Pliny in the early part of the christian era, who,
accepting the results of the labours of Aristotle and his school,
considered that all fossil remains were due to a plastic virtue latent
in the earth, or that the slime of rivers or the mud of the earth had
power to originate the animals whose forms became entombed in the
rocks. It is true, that even before the time of Aristotle, there
were at rare intervals philosophers, as for instance, Zenophanes
(500 B.c.), and Herodotus (450 B.c.), who attributed the presence
of fossil fish and shells in the quarries far away from the sea, to
the fact that the rocks containing them must at some previous time
have formed the bed of the sea, and that the fish and molluses died
and were entombed in the soft mud. Such theories were, however,
generally ridiculed. After the time of Pliny (0. 23 a.p.), who learnt
much from the researches of the early Greeks, intervened some four-
teen or fifteen centuries of almost universal darkness, during which
time all knowledge suffered from the general dearth of intellect in
Europe; science, art and literature being alike retrogressive and no
development appearing to have been possible. During the 15th, 16th
and 17th centuries, greater interest was taken in the collection of
fossils, and several interesting books were written, largely illustrated
with plates of specimens. This newly awakened interest was
liveliest in Italy, but in this country Dr. Martin Lister contributed
several articles to the Philosophical Transactions printed in the
volumes for 1674 and succeeding years. He described certain
stones figured like plants which he considered to be plants petrified.
He also figured fossil and recent shells side by side, so that the
close resemblance between the two at once became apparent, and
DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS. i)
supported his theory, that the fossils were once living animals.
Altogether his work conduced much to produce a true knowledge
of fossil remains. A belief gradually grew in the minds of intelli-
gent people that the fossils represented animals which had lived at
some former period, but the erroneous conviction now entertained
was, that they were all carried and left in the position where
they were found, by the Noachian deluge. Quite to the beginning
of the nineteenth century, and even much later, the belief existed
in the Mosaic account of the creation of the world in six literal
days, and that the whole earth was subjected to an universal deluge
by which every living thing was destroyed, except Noah and those
with him in the ark. Entertaining these opinions, it is not very
remarkable that all fossil remains should be identified with the
flood, and that all the literature relating to geological subjects
published about this time should be saturated with this belief.
One or two instances of the prevalence of these opinions may be
interesting :—Buffon, a natural historian of much merit, published
his ‘Theory of the Earth” in 1749. In this work he discussed
many important geologival questions, touching the action of natural
causes in wearing down the land, and the gradual interchange of
position between sea and land. Soon after the appearance of his
work he received a polite intimation from the Faculty of Theology,
in Paris, that there were several propositions in his book which
were reprehensible and contrary to the creed of the Church ; he
was invited to present himself and recant. Not feeling in any
way bound to suffer as a martyr to science he drew up the follow-
ing declaration, which he was required to publish. ‘TI declare
that I had no intention to contradict the text of Scripture ; that I
believe most firmly all therein related about the creation, both as
to order of time and matter of fact ; and I abandon everything in
my book respecting the formation of the earth, and, generally, all
which may be contrary to the narration of Moses.”
In 1781, Professor Scheuchzer, a Swiss naturalist, discovered
some bones which he described as those of a child destroyed by the
6 DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS.
deluge. He also found two vertebre, which he attributed to
another individual of gigantic size of the same race. The belief
being thereby strengthened in the huge size as well as long life of
our progenitors—both probably equally incorrect. Engravings of
both these were subsequently given in the “ Copper Bible.” Cuvier
afterwards examined these interesting relics and pronounced the
skeleton of the supposed child to be the remains of a gigantic sala-
mander, and the two vertebre to be those of an ichthyosaurus !
During the latter part of the eighteenth century and early in
the present one, William Smith, uncle of John Phillips, made a
series of distinct and remarkable discoveries, which served in a few
years to revolutionize and place ona truly scientific basis the whole
theory of geological knowledge.
William Smith was a land surveyor and engineer, and whilst
engaged in his professional labours he had repeated opportunities
of studying the surface of the land in various parts of the country.
Having become well acquainted with the series of oolitic rocks in the
neighbourhood of Bath, his native place, he discovered that each
separate stratum of rock or clay had its peculiar system of
fossils, many of which were quite characteristic of the bed in which
they were found and did not extend to those above or below.
After fully maturing his conception of this fact, business called him
to Yorkshire, and here he had opportunities of observing that the
same fossil shells, etc., which characterized the strata near Bath also
occurred in similar beds of limestone or sandstone in this county,
and are equally certain in their distribution. Repeated visits to
various parts of the country convinced Smith that his generaliza-
tions applied to all parts ; and resulted, after many years of hard
and patient labour, in a geological map of the strata of England
and Wales, which was followed by more detailed maps of many of _
the counties. He also tabulated the whole series of strata occur-
ving in England and Wales with the characteristic fossils of each
section of the rocks. William Smith did immense service to the
science by clearly demonstrating :—I. That the strata wherever
DAVIS : PRO, PHILLIPS. of
present always occupy the same relative position. II. That the
strata have been deposited at successive periods beneath water ; and
that the fossils found in them were the remains of organisms that
lived in those waters, and were afterwards imbedded in the sand or
mud and became fossil. IIT. That particular species of organic
remains are limited to particular strata.
It is difficult at this day to realize the great importance of
these discoveries. Before “Strata Smith,” as he came to be
familiarly known, had discovered by his painstaking and self-abne-
gating researches, that there was order and regularity in the
arrangement of the strata composing the earth’s surface, every
phenomenon, whether with respect to the rocks or their fossil con-
tents, was attributed to the action of the deluge. Scientific men of
that day, as now, differed in matters of detail, but as regards the
primary proposition, there were few instances where minds of
strong calibre resisted the superstitious influence’of the age, and
made as in the instance of Buffon, even a few steps towards the
great truth realized by William Smith. Practical miners and
quarrymen certainly saw that there was an alternation of strata
in the rocks through which they pierced, but that they were per-
sistent over large areas, or that the strata were arranged in a
regular consecutive order, were circumstances of which they had
no conception. The work of Smith demonstrated all this, and laid
a true basis for a correct knowledge of the principles which under-
lie all geological facts. He traced the extension of the oolites and
lias from the Midland Counties into Yorkshire. The older rocks
of the Welsh Mountains were found to be similar to those of
Westmoreland and Scotland. The relations of the various coal
fields, of the old red of Scotland and of Devonshire, and all
the intermediate beds, were mapped and defined. In the short
space of one man’s life he mapped the whole of England, and pub-
lished twenty-six county maps beside: forming a striking contrast
to the amount of work done by the Geological Survey of the
present day. The manufacturing and mining districts of the
8 DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS.
West Riding have been surveyed for several years and still there
are only about one half the sheets of the map of this important
area issued at the present moment.
The vast work of Smith was readily appreciated by his brethren
of the hammer. In 1807 the Geological Society of London wasformed
and took a position, which it maintains still, of the foremost organi-
zation in. the world for the cultivation, recognition and dissemina-
tion of geological knowledge. Amongst the founders and early
members of the Society were, Buckland, who investigated the
Kirkdale Caves, in Yorkshire ; Adam Sedgwick, who was born at
Dent, and a thorough Yorkshireman ; Vernon Harcourt—Charles
Lyell, Phillips, Murchison, and many others whose names are
revered as the pioneers in the science, though they have passed
away. These savans, heartily recognizing the truth of the discover-
ies of Smith, advanced them, not only in this country but quickly
bore them over the continent of Europe and to Asia and America.
Everywhere the same evidence was afforded that the rocks compos-
ing the whole surface of the earth are the result of ever-acting
causes, that the ordinary and common denuding agencies of rain,
frost, and ice, gradually but incessantly grind down the surface of
the earth, the disintegrated material being borne by rivers to the sea,
there again to be deposited and in time raise up new lands. Such
were the forces found to be now at work, and to be those on which a
reasonable basis could be laid to explain long past accumulations of
stratified rocks.
Fortunately, an account of Professor Phillips’ early life
written by his own hand, has been preserved in the “ Athenzeum ”
newspaper for May 2nd, 1874. From it we learn that he was born
on Christmas Day, 1800, at Marden, in Wiltshire. His father,
the youngest son of a Welsh family settled for many generations
on their own property at Blaen-y-ddol, in Carmarthenshire, was
trained for the Church in which some of his relatives had place ;
but this plan was not carried out. ‘ He came to England, was
appointed an officer of Excise, and married the sister of dear old
DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS. 9
William Smith, of Churchill, in Oxfordshire. His father died
when Phillips was seven years old, his mother soon after ; and
from that time he was under the charge of his uncle, a civil engi-
neer in full practise, known as ‘“ Strata Smith.”
At ten years of age, John Phillips was at a school at Hoit-
Spa, in Wiltshire, where a small microscope was given to him, and
he speaks of the delight with which all natural objects were
scrutinized by its magnifiers; he appears also to have been fond of
athletic exercises, for he says, ‘‘ When you see me now (xadAerus
Padiwv) tired with the ascent of Geo Fell and the rough path of
the Zmutt Glacier, you will hardly credit me as the winner of many
a race, and the first in many a desperate leap. My work at this
school was incessant for five years. I took the greatest delight in
latin, french and mathematics, and had the usual lessons in drawing.
We were required to write a good deal of latin, especially our
Sunday theme ; of such, I wrote many for my idle associates. I
worked through Mole’s algebra and Simson’s Euclid, the first two
books completely, and selections from the others. The French
master was a charming old Abbé, a refugee, whose patience and
good nature and perseverance were quite above praise. We spoke
and wrote french in abundance. Of greek I learned merely the
rudiments, to be expanded in after life. I did not work at
german until some years later ; italian I merely looked at.”
On leaving school, Phillips accepted a twelve months invita-
tion to the home of his ever-honoured friend, the Rev. Benjamin
Richardson, of Farleigh Castle, ‘‘ One of the best naturalists in the
West of England, a man of excellent education, and a certain
generosity of mind, very rare and very precious. Educated in
Christ Church, he retained much of the indefinable air of a gentle-
man. of old Oxford; but mixed with this, there was a singular
attachment to rural life and farming operations. Looking back
through the vista of half a century, among the ranks of many kind
and accomplished friends, I find no such man ; and to my daily and
hourly intercourse with him, to his talk on plants, shells and
10 DAVIS: PRO. PHILIPS.
fossils, to his curiously rich old library, and sympathy with all
good knowledge I may justly attribute whatever may be thought
to have been my own success in following pursuits which he opened
to my mind.”
From the rectory of Farleigh, John Phillips returned to his
uncle Smith, whose house overlooked the Thames from Bucking-
ham Street. William Smith at this time was in the exercise of a
lucrative and honourable profession ; he had for many years been
at work on his great ‘‘ Map of the Strata of England and Wales,”
which was published in 1815. ‘ His home was full of maps,
sections, models and collections of fossils ;. and his hourly talk was
of the laws of stratification, the succession of organic life, the
practical value of geology ; its importance in agriculture, engineer-
ing and commerce ; its connection with physical geography, the
occupations of different people, and the distribution of different
races. In this happy dream of the future expansion of geology, his
actual professional work was forgotten, until at length he had
thrown into the gulf of the strata all his little patrimony and all
his little gains, and he gave up his London residence, and wandered
at his own sweet will among those rocks which had been so fatal
to his prosperity, though so favourable to his renown.” In all the
pursuits and cares of his uncle, John Phillips had his share; they
were never separated in act or thought, and so his mind came to
be moulded on that of his uncle.
In 1824, they accepted an invitation to give a course of
lectures on geology at York, aud from that time Phillips was
constantly engaged in Yorkshire to give lectures and arrange
museums, and many valuable friendships were created in its
several towns; thus ‘the great county, in which thirty thoughtful
years were afterwards passed, became known to me as probably to
no others. The generous Yorkshire people gave no stinted
remuneration for my efforts to be useful; and I employed freely
all the funds which came to my hands in acquiring new and
strengthening old knowledge, so as to be able to offer instruction in
DAVIS). PRO; PHIBLIPS. 11
almost any department of nature, but especially in zoology and
geology.” At York he became associated with Mr. W. V. Harcourt,
the first president of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society, and they
along with Brewster, Forbes, Johnson, Murchison and Daubeny,
were the principal means of organizing the British Association for
the Advancement of Science. Professor Phillips conclndes his short
autobiography with the following sentence.—‘ Educated in no
college, I have professed geology in three Universities, and in each
have found this branch of science firmly supported by scholars,
philosophers and divines.”
We have considered, however briefly, the state of knowledge
of the earth’s crust anterior to the commencement of the present
century. The exploded belief in the all-powerful energy and widely
ranging results of the deluge gave place to an earnest endeavour
by all scientists to collect and chronicle the fossil contents of the
various strata. Cuvier did immense service in the tertiary beds of
the Paris basin amongst the higher forms of animal life, and was
worthily followed by his pupil Louis Agassiz, whose knowledge of
recent and fossil fishes led him to perceive a succession in the forms
deposited in the earliest rocks and ranging up to the present time,
which bears some correspondence to the developmental stages of
modern fishes. Professor Agassiz in this country found a fellow-
worker amongst the fossil fishes, in Sir Philip Egerton, whose
~ ichthyological contributions to scientific literature have been both
important and extensive. Sowerby, Owen, Morris, Forbes and
many others were collecting and describing fossils from the British
rocks. John Phillips was not idle, in addition to his many other
published works about ;:this period, and all his lectuiing and
arranging museums, he published (1829—1836) his “ Illustrations
of the Geology of Yorkshire,” in two quarto volumes, which beside
the stratigraphical descriptions of the northern and _ eastern
divisions of the county, contained descriptions and figures of hun-
dreds of species of fossils, ranging over the whole series of the
animal kingdom comprised in the strata between the silurian rocks
12 DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS.
of Howgill Fells and the secondary and tertiary series on the south
eastern coast. In connection with the Geological Survey, he also
produced in 1843, his work on the “ Paleozoic Fossils of Cornwall,
Devonshire and West Somerset,” which contained an equal or
larger amount of original matter in connection with fossil remains.
The result of all this activity in every part of the world was very
great ; more than 30,000 species of fossils were named, described,
and in many cases figured. ‘The fossils were found to be far larger
in number than the living forms, and many of them were ascertain-
ed to be without any living representative; others, found almost in
the earliest rocks have existed through the untold ages since their
first appearance and are still represented in the seas of the present
day.
The varied picture presented to a careful and enquiring mind
by the consideration of this subject is one of profound and awe-
inspiring interest. It opens up a large field for speculation ; and its
bearing on the past history of the globe and its inhabitants is of
the utmost importance.
Geology, as a science, is pre-eminently one of facts, and unless
its truths are treasured and adhered to, speculations and generali-
zations, which of necessity must be interwoven with those facts,
may prove not only misleading, but injurious. So long, however,
as the imagination is chained down to a basis of truth, and a solid
foundation of indubitable and thoroughly well digested knowledge
serves to leaven the edifice, the superstructure of inference and
deduction may be both correct, pleasing and highly instructive.
Without the use of the imagination to fill in the pictures presented
by a study of the fossils found in the rocks, of ages and periods
long past, whose similitudes can never recur, geological as well
as other science, would only prove barren and abortive. For
example :—the fossil remains of some fish, or shell, or plant are
found imbedded in the shales of the coal measures; the whole of
the original matter composing the bones of the fish or the tissues
of the plant have been removed, and in their place is a wonderfully
DAVIS(: PRO) “PHLELIPS. 13
well-preserved fac-simile, in all probability composed of the same
material as the surrounding masses of shale. The structure which
characterized the objects when living is retained with exquisite
perfection, and the highest powers of the microscope only serve to
expose the infinite exactness of this mineral reproduction. These
are the facts: the inferences to be drawn from them are many. They
call into operation a wonderful play of the highest powers of the
human mind. All kinds of collateral sciences are brought to bear
in the elucidation of the problems suggested by these facts.
Zoology, by comparison with existing forms, enables us to ascertain,
with more or less correctness, the nature and habits of the fossil
fish, the shape and character of its teeth, its covering of dermal
armature and the presence or absence of external means of offence,
thus affording data on which may be based assumptions as to the
character of its food and the necessity or otherwise for protection
against powerful foes. |The changes undergone by the fossil since
it first sank to the mud at the bottom of the water, call in the aid
of chemistry and mineralogy. Possibly the structure of the fish
may give valuable insight into its habitat when living, as to
whether it was a denizen of salt, estuarine, or fresh water, and thus,
much knowledge may be gained as to the physical geography of the
land and sea, and the method of aggregation of the strata deposited
during that period of the world’s history. <A similar course of
reasoning may also be applied to the fossil shell or plant.
The great accumulation of geological and paleontological facts,
led a few years later on, to a number of theoretical generalizations
which exercised the greatest scientific minds of this or probably
any previous age. The stratagraphical knowledge accumulated by
William Smith and his followers not only laid the foundation for
geological science in this country, but the influence of their labours
spread over a great part of the civilized world, the methods of research
and the nomenclature used by British geologists having been adopt-
ed in every other country as a foundation whereon to base local and
minor designations. Philosophers speedily collated their knowledge
14 DAVES cb RO} EE aaa Ss.
and proceeded to adapt it to already existing theories, or new ones
were originated to account 1ationally for the phenomena of nature
during the long past ages. Professor Phillips wrote in 1837,*
‘From a mass of crude speculations fitted to inaccurate observa-
tions, it (i.e. geology) has gradually grown up toa system of sound,
though limited inferences, connected by some very probable
generalizations, and supported by independent mathematical rea-
soning. The laws of phenomena are uvfolded to a considerable
extent, and in the opinion of eminent men of science, the time is
at hand for effectual researches into the Jaws of causation. Not
that the labours of observation should, for an instant, be suspend-
ed; they are the most important of all the means of advancing
geology ; on the contrary, they ought to be continually excited by
new impulses, and turned into more profitable directions by the
first, however rude, indications of theory. The state of geology is
so prosperous, that its numerous cultivators may well agree to
divide their forces so as to accomplish combined movements ; to
advance on the one hand, the mass of generalized phenomena, and
on the other, to multiply the points of contact between dynamical,
chemical and vital laws and the results of geological inquiry.”
It would be impossible within the limits of this paper to
trace the various theories which have finally resulted in the great
work of Darwin on the Development of Species by Natural Selec-
tion. It is a little more than t wenty-one years since the ‘‘ Origin of
Species” was issued from the press, and in that short period the work
has created a complete revolution in all modern scientific thought. It
is not to be supposed that the origin of this great discovery rested
solely with Darwin: many minds had been working at the problem.
It was the natural outcome of all the accumulated thought for years
previously, and solved the problem which was the great stumbling-
block to all advance. The belief in ‘‘ special creations” had long
been undermined by well established facts, and many naturalists
* Treatise on Geology, by John Phillips, F.R.S., &c., 1837.
DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS. 15
were convinced that development or evolution was the true expla-
nation of the origin of all the multitude of species which do now,
and have in times past, peopled the earth ; but to Darwin was
reserved the grand discovery of natural selection and descent
with modification. The many and important results of these re-
searches may be briefly stated as follows. That all life is the result
of development from pre-existing forms, and adaptation to the
circumstances under which it exists; and, as Mr. Spencer has aptly
termed it, ‘the survival of the fittest.” A most important result
of the theory is the present widely extended belief in the antiquity
of man. The limited period of 6,000 years is now proved to be
totally inadequate. The remains of man have been repeatedly found
in association with extinct animals, both in Yorkshire and in all
parts of the world. In the gravels of the Somme Valley, the
Kjokkenmodding of Denmark and Sweden and the Lake dwellings
of Switzerland, the worked and carved tools of the old inhabitants
have been found. It is possible, nay probable, that man was in
existence prior to the last so-called glacial epoch and descends
even to the tertiary strata; if this be so, the age of man on the
earth will of necessity be carried back much further than the few
thousands of years assigned to him.
During the year following the publication of Darwin’s “ Origin
of Species,” Professor Phillips wrote his book, entitled ‘ Life on
the Earth, its origin and succession,” in which he attempted to
show the fallacy of Darwin’s investigations. His arguments were
derived principally from want of distinct evidence of the actual
transmission of some peculiarity in tie fossil forms. The several
animals or plants existing fossilized in the rocks certainly exhibited
great advances in structure and organization over those found in
strata of greater antiquity, but the connecting links had not been
discovered, and Professor Phillips, like inost other people, was
much inclined to consider all the several forms as independent crea-
tions, After reviewing in detail the difficulties attendant on the
development ofa higher form from a lower, Professor Phillips
16 DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS.
continues,* ‘ If it is not possible in the existing ocean, among the
innumerable and variable radiated, amorphozoan and foraminiferous
animals, to construct one chain of easily graduated life, from the
fertile cell to the prolific ovarium and digestive stomach, it must be
quite vain to look for such evidence in the fossil state. In the face
of the assumption requisite to imagine such a chain, we cannot
venture to adopt it as a probable hypothesis, and thus the idea of
one general oceanic germ of life, whether we like it or not, must be
abandoned. Reasoning of the same kind will convince us that to
derive by any probable steps any one great division of the animal
kingdom from another, involves too much hazardous assumption to
be adopted by a prudent inquirer.”
From this extract it is clear that to the mind of Professor
Phillips, in 1860, the difficulties in connection with the acceptance
of Darwin’s theory of evolution quite outweighed the simplicity
and beauty of the conception, and he felt bound to reject it. But
in the short space ofa dozen years, the labours of many naturalists,
in most cases equally unbelieving, had produced such a mass of
confirmatory evidence, that the theory is now generally accepted by
the scientific workers of every country.
The researches of Professor Huxley have demonstrated the
close relationship between birds and reptiles. American paleeontolog-
ists have discovered a series of fossil remains of animals which exhibit,
in ano less clear than marvellous manner, the history of the ancestry
of the horse from an animal little larger than a dog; this little animal,
in some respects very different in structure to the horse, is found
to have been slowly changed, step by step, through the successive
stages of later geological time, until the noble quadruped, so useful,
nay, indispensable to man, has been the result. The feline animals
have also been shown to have had distant relations, during the —
tertiary period in the carniverous animals, e.g. Dinictis, Machcerodus
and others, whose remains are found buried in those deposits.
Much has been learnt respecting the ancestry of living fishes and of
* Life on the Harth, p. 211. 1860.
DAVIS: PRO. PHILLIPS. 17
many of the, so-called, lower forms of life. Space will not permit
that these instances should be more than alluded to at present.
But they serve to illustrate one of the brightest characteristics of a
mind trained to scientific methods, and pre-eminently such an one
was that of John Phillips. A year or two after the publication of
his friend Darwin’s work, he had, after mature reflection opposed
the whole theory; but in 1873, at the meeting of the British Asso-
ciation at Bradford, the ever-increasing masg of evidence in favour
of natural selection and development had produced their natural
result, and we find the Professor in his presidential address to the
geological section discoursing as follows* :—‘ But concurrently with
the apparent perpetuity of similar forms and ways of life another
general idea comes into notice. No two plants are more than alike;
no two men have more than a family resemblance ; the offspring is
not in all respects an exact copy of the parent. A general reference
to some earlier type accompanied by special diversity in every case
(‘descent with modification’) is recognised in the case of every
living being.
“ Similitude, not identity, is the effect of natural agencies in
the continuation of life forms, the small differences from identity
being due to limited physical conditions, in harmony with the
general law that organic structures are adapted to the exigencies of
being. Moreover, the structures are adaptable to new conditions ;
if the conditions change, the structures change also, but not
suddenly ; the plant or animal may survive in presence of slowly
altered circumstances, but must perish under critical inversions.
These adaptations, so necessary to the preservation of a race; are
they restricted within narrow limits? or is it possible that in the
course of long-enduring time, step by step and grain by grain, one
form of life can be changed, amd has been changed to another, and
adapted to fulfil quite different functions? Is it thus that innu-
merable forms of plants and animals have been ‘developed’ in the
course of ages upon ages from a few original types ?
* Brit. Assoc. Report, 1873. Trans. of the Sections, pp. 73, 74.
18 DAVIS PRO. SEAS:
“This question of development might be safely left to the
prudent researches of physiology and anatomy, were it not the
case that paleontology furnishes a vast range of evidence on the
real succession in time of organic structures, which on the whole
indicate more and more variety and adaptation, and in certain
aspects a growing advance in the energies of life. Thus at first only
invertebrate animals appear in the catalogues of the inhabitants of
the sea; then fishes are added, and reptiles and the higher verte-
brata succeed; man comes at last to contemplate and in some degree
to govern the whole.
‘The various hypothetical threads by which many good
naturalists hoped to unite the countless facts of biological change
into a harmonious system have culminated in Darwinism, which
takes for its basis the facts already stated, and proposes to explain
the analogies of organic structures by reference to a common origin,
and their differences to small, mostly congenital, modifications
which are integrated in particular directions by external physical
conditions, involving a ‘struggle for existence.’ Geology is inte-
rested in the question of development, and in the particular
exposition of it by the great naturalist whose name it bears, because
it alone possesses the history of the development zn time, and it is
to inconceivably long periods of time, and to the accumulated effect
of small but almost infinitely numerous changes in certain direc-
tions, that the full effect of the transformations is attributed.
‘‘For us therefore, at present it is to collect with fidelity the
evidence which our researches must certainly yield, to trace the
relation of forms to time generally, and physical conditions locally,
to determine the life periods of species, genera and families in dif-
ferent. regions, to consider the cases of temporary interruption and
occasional recurrence of races, and how far by uniting the results
obtained in different regions the alleged ‘imperfection of the geolo-
gical record’ can be remedied.”
I have, perhaps, dwelt longer on the important question of
Darwinism than the nature of my subject will warrant, but it is
DAVIS (PRO. PHILIPS. 19
one of such vital importance to the success of all future work in
the natural history of living or fossil animals and plants, that I
trust I shall be excused; and the experience of Professor Phillips
may serve a very useful purpose if it teaches us the lesson of
patience and forbearance in passing judgment on what may, in
the first instance, be thought extraordinary or even ridiculous
theories, but which may eventually be proved to be founded on
just and right principles, the result of life-long thought and
experiment.
In 1828, John Phillips was elected a Fellow of the Geological
Society, and six years later, when 34 years of age, he was chosen as
the Professor of Geology at King’s College, London, and also a
Fellow of the Royal Society. Ten years later again, in 1844, he be-
came the Professor of Geology at Trinity College, Dublin. During
this period he was working at several branches of science in addition
to geology. He made very valuable observations in meteorology,
a science at that time little understood or appreciated. Astronomy
also received some attention, and several papers on the planet
Mars and other subjects are printed in the Proceedings of the Royal
Society. As already stated, Phillips played an important part in
organizing and managing the British Association; for many years
he was the secretary, and the first twenty-seven volumes of its
proceedings were produced under his editorship, In 1859 and ’60,
he was president of the Geological Society, and in 1865 of the
British Association. Meanwhile he had taken the place of Dr.
Buckland as Professor of Geology at Oxford, a position which he
held during the remainder of his life.
Professor Phillips was an indefatigable worker. He never
tired in his efforts to spread abroad that love of nature which so
thoroughly imbued his own existence. By example and teaching,
whether orally or with the pen, his single aim was the advance-
ment of those branches of knowledge which had proved so
ennobling to his own existence. Never married, he was wedded
to his science, and in all his labours, whether as an original
20 DAVIS; (PRO? BHTEIIES:.
investigator, an organizer of the means for encouragement and
assistance of his fellow-workers, or more important than either, as
an inculcator of a true knowledge and love of scientific method in
the youthful minds of those entrusted to his care at the college or
elsewhere,—he was always earnest and sincere.
No one would endorse more heartily than Phillips the noble
words of a recent speaker, with which I will conclude this sketch,
with the substitution of one word; they are as follows :—“The
benefit to the student of jsccence flows from the improvement of
his own mind; from the exercise and expansion of his power to
perceive and to reflect; from the formation of habits of attention
and application; from a bias given to character in favour of culti-
vating intelligence for its own sake, as well as for the sake of the
direct advantages it brings. The advantages lie in the far future,
and do not administer to the feverish excitement which are of
necessity in the various degrees incidental to the pursuits of the
modern commercial world. The habits of mind formed by
Scientific pursuits are founded on sobriety and tranquility ;
they help to settle the spirits of a man, fixing them upon the
centre of gravity; they tend to self-command, self-government,
and that genuine self-respect which has nothing in it of self-wor-
ship. It is one thing to plough and sow with the expectation of
the harvest in due season when the year shall have come round;
it is another to ransack the ground in a gold-field with the heated
hope and craving for vast returns to-morrow or to-day. All
honour then to Science, because, while it prepares young men in
the most useful manner for the practical purposes of life, it em-
bodies a protest against the excessive dominion of craving appeti-
es, and supplies a powerful agency for neutralizing the specific
dangers of this age.”
pment fn
ON THE WHITE CHALK OF YORKSHIRE. BY REV. E. MAULE
COLE, M.A. F.G.8.
THE following notes are supplementary to the papers already
published on the Red Chalk (1878), and on the origin and for-
mation of the Wold Dales (1879.)
The white chalk of Yorkshire differs considerably from the
chalk of Kent and Sussex. In the first place, it is much harder,
and in places almost crystalline. Then, the flint-bearing beds are
the lowest in the Yorkshire series, whereas they are the highest
in the southern; the upper beds in Yorkshire, forming the inner
edge of the Wolds, have not a trace of flint. The flints too are
different ; in the north they are light-coloured and can be shattered
by a blow into a thousand pieces, whilst in the south they are
black, tough, hard, and compact.
Numerous flint weapons, knives, arrow-heads, spear-heads,
scrapers, &c., have been picked up on the surface of the Wolds, or
extracted from the numerous tumuli, but they are almost invari-
ably of foreign flint picked up probably on the sea shore, washed
out of the Boulder Clay, the flint of Yorkshire not being adapted
for the manufacture of flint weapons.
A Frenchman, Mons. Barrois has attempted to divide the
Chalk beds into a series of zones, containing characteristic fossils,
but enough attention has not yet been paid to the subject, in York-
shire at least, to prove or disprove the truth of his theory.
It is certain, however, that very large ammonites are only
found in the lower beds, and marsupites only in the highest, whilst
on one horizon inocerami are very plentiful, and on another scarcely
any fossils are found at all. So far this favors his views.
The chalk itself is very variable. Sometimes it is quite slaty,
and splits up into thin layers ; sometimes it occurs in massive beds
without a trace of parting. Wherever a parting occurs there is
almost always found a thin deposit of fuller’s earth, which seems
oP, COLE: CHALK OF YORKSHIRE.
to have been the primary cause of the non-coherence of the layers
above and below ; sometimes as many as twenty of these partings
will occur in one or two inches of chalk, dividing it into as
many thin plates. On the other hand, layers of fuller’s earth from
one to three inches thick are occasionally found, and also beds of
chalk one or two feet thick, without any parting at all.
Where masses of chalk have been rolled about on the sea
shore and rounded, remarkable wavy lines like the sutures of a
skull, may be traced on the surface. These are due to extremely
fine layers of fuller’s earth. We call it ‘‘fuller’s earth” for lack
of a better word, but it seems to have been a fine sediment of
mud, deposited over the ocean floor as the chalk was accumulating,
representing a certain amount of denudation carried on by the
waves, much the same as the lagoons of coral atolls in the Pacific
receive muddy deposits from the disintegration of the reefs.
If this idea is correct, it follows that chalk was not deposited
in a deep sea, aS once supposed, but in comparatively shallow
waters, where coral reefs existed in all directions, with no neigh-
bouring land, and no rivers bringing down sand and muddy
impurities to stain the pure whiteness of the chalk.
This peculiar rock is doubtless composed largely of the
calcareous skeletons of foraminifera which swarmed in the warm
waters, which then covered Central Europe, much the same as
they now contribute to the formation of the grey ooze of the
Atlantic, but the formation of chalk was probably greatly acceler-
ated by the disintegration of coral reefs, which, in the form of
minute calcareous sediment, would assist in the accumulation of
the beds known as Chalk.
The chalk area extends, with occasional breaks from Ireland
to the Crimea, and from Sweden to the Pyrenees. It is absurd
to suppose that this area ever formed a deep sea. Continents grow
like everything else, and materials from the land, brought down
by rivers and carried out to sea, are invariably deposited within
COLE: CHALK. OF YORKSHIRE. 23
about 150 miles of the shore line. Europe had certainly attained
a continental form long before the deposition of the chalk, and
there is no reason to suppose that a deep sea, such as the Atlantic,
occupied its area in cretaceous times. It is more probable that a
slight depression allowed the waters of the Atlantic to pour over
its central portion, the constant flow, eastwards, of a stream
similar to the present Gulf Stream, supplying an enormous
quantity of foraminifera, which, by their decay, aided by the dis-
integration of coral reefs, caused the accumulation of calcareous
sediment known as chalk.
It may be added that the fossils found in chalk, are indicative
of animal life, existing not in deep, but shallow water.
The beds of chalk which constitute the Wolds dip in various
directions, owing probably to irregularities of pressure or com-
pression in the process of elevation, but the general dip of the
whole semicircular mass is in the direction of a central point
somewhere about Hornsea, consequently the beds on the N. ridge
running from Acklam to Speeton dip southwards, whilst the beds
on the W. ridge from Acklam to Hessle dip eastwards. The base
of the chalk is met with all round the N. and W. edges at varying
elevations, marked by the line of springs, (vide Red Chalk, 1878).
As a rule the higher the hills, the thinner the chalk. But the
very fact of the chalk being thin, at most 200 feet on high
elevations, shows that we are in the lower flint-bearing beds all
round the N. and W. area, whilst we only reach the upper beds
without flints on the inner and lower circle of ground, seawards.
A line drawn from the S. landing at Flambro’ Head through
- Burton Agnes, Kilham, Cottam Warren to Life Hill, Sledmere,
on the one hand, and from thence south through Wetwang, Tib-
thorpe, and Leckonfield, to the Westwood pits at Beverley, will
separate the two areas of flint-bearing and nonflint-bearing chalk;
that to the N. and W. containing flints, that to the S. and E.
apparently without. A reference to the numerous chalk pits all
24 COLE: CHALK OF YORKSHIRE.
over the country, will.confirm this statement, but it is also proved
by the presence or absence of flints on the surface of the ploughed
tields. Chalk readily decays under atmospheric denudation, but
not so flints. Hence, wherever the subsoil contains flints, they
rapidly accumulate on the surface, and sometimes have to be picked
off by hand.
We have spoken of flints as if they were all alike, but this is
not the case, there are “ flints and flints” according to the French
proverb, in fact the different kinds of flints are so persistent over
different areas, that they are useful in clossifying and identifying
zones of chalk, even without the help of fossils. For instance, in
the lower beds, just above the Grey Chalk, the flints are nodular.
This term however does not adequately describe the peculiar shape,
so we must coin a word * finger-like” meaning thereby that the
flints are rounded, tapering, resembling in appearance a thumb. or
fingers ; another feature to be noticed is that unlike other flints,
these are mostly fcund in a vertical or upright position. Good
examples may be met with in the railway cutting immediately
facing Burdale station.
In the slaty beds of chalk, which succeed next in order, the
flints, as might perhaps be expected, appear in thin horizontal
slices here and there.
Next above these are found tabular flints, i.e. solid compact
beds of flint, of variable thickness, extending over a large area.
On the sea coast,at the N. side of Flambr.’ Head, these tabular
beds present level, but pitted surfaces, many yards in diameter,
which have resisted the denudation of the waves, whilst the chalk
which once covered them has long since been removed. In the
interior, a fine example, 9 inches thick, has been exposed in a quarry
on the top of the hill, between Fimber Station and Sledmere, by
the roadside.
In the higher beds of the flint-bearing chalk, occur large
angular masses of flint, partaking partly of the tabular, partly of
COLE: CHALK OF YORKSHIRE. 29
the nodular form, of great thickness, but not wholly composed of
flint; that is to say, streaks and patches of chalk are imbedded in
the flint. Examples may be seen iu several quarries in a straight
line between Wetwang, North Dalton, and Middleton. This
horizon is styled by Mr. Blake (Proceedings, Geol. Association,
Jan. 1878) the ‘‘ Zone of immature flints”. He considers, it seems,
that the process of the development of flint was arrested by the
elevation of the chalk, and removal of pressure. It may be so,
but the whole question of the formation of flint in chalk is still
sub judice.
_ Above these last lies the flintless chalk, but curious to say,
though there are no flints, the chalk, on analysis, yields nearly
twice as much silica as the chalk which has flint. The silica seems
to be dispersed throughout the mass, instead of being aggregated
in tabular or nodular patches.
Now what is the origin of all these various forms of flint,
including the huge ‘“‘ paramoudra” or ‘‘ potstones” which are met
with in the cliff at Flambro’ and Speeton, 3 to 4 feet in height,
and i to 2 feet in diameter ?
One thing is clear, that, in a large majority of cases, ‘they
represent a mass of silica, which. by attraction or affinity, has
been absorbed from the sea water which contains a quantity of
silica in solution, round a nucleus of some decaying animal or
vegetable.
Siliceous sponges, whose nutrition is contained wholly in the
seawater, which passes through their pores, naturally form a basis
for the accumulation of flint, and accordingly we find many flints
bearing the exact shape of cup-shaped zoophytes, such as spongites
and ventriculites. But in addition we nut unfrequently find such
a form as an Echinus, or “Sea Egg” completely transformed into
flint, the external rays being as clearly delineated on the surface,
as in the living specimens. Here, the decaying animal was evi-
dently replaced atom by atom by silica.
26 COLE: CHALK OF YORKSHIRE.
The foregoing observations, meagre as they are, do nut
account for the large masses of tabular flint, though they may
help to explain the origin of nodular flints. What can we say
more? only this, that just as calcareous foraminifera are contri-
buting by their decay to form the ooze of the Atlantic, as, in
times gone by, they mainly formed the Chalk, so another class of
life, the sddceous diatoms are busily engaged, at great depths, in
secreting flint. Hence these may possibly form beds of flint.
But it cannot be denied that this is an unsatisfactory expla-
nation, for beds of tabular flint occur in the middle of the chalk,
deposited, as presumed above, at no great depth. Bearing, however,
the fact in mind, that flint may be formed during the decay of
vegetable matter, may it not be that tabular flints mark areas of
greater or less extent, where masses of dead seaweed were
accumulated ?
The only argument to be urged against this hypothesis is,
that dead seaweed is mostly washed up on a shore line. But
what, if these areas were shore lines, or, in other words, surfaces
of coral reefs? and what know we how much may settle at
moderate depths out at sea? our contention throughout being that
chalk was not formed in a deep, but in a shallow sea.
A word 1aore must be added on banded flints; banded flints
are not infrequent in the chalk. They resemble agates in showing
concentric rings of silica of different alternate colours, and clearly
point to a nucleus of attraction, round which layers of flint ac-
cumulated, ‘much the same as stalactites are formed by successive —
coatings of liberated carbonate of lime.
At the recent meeting of the British Association at York,
(1881) bottles containing silica in gelatinous forms, into which
certain solutions of metallic salts had been introduced, were ex-
hibited, showing in a beautiful manner how, in course of time,
agates and banded flints might be produced, but the difficulty
presented itself at once, that silica in a gelatinous form is not
COLE: CHALK°OF YORKSHIRE. “_..\ 27
known to exist in nature, anh that, for the form: ations in ueoy
we must seek not for an artifice but kA & ‘naturel process of
senimanyaenaases
development.
In conclusion, we wish to draw attention to certain remark-
able needle-shaped structures, which occur all over the chalk area
of Yorkshire, but not apparently in the South of England, and
which are to be met with immediately below and above the thin
layers of fuller’s earth, alluded to above, as interfering with the
coherence of the chalk. They have been called “ slickensides ”
by men of repute, not intimately acquainted however, with the
phenomena—but they are not slickensides ; and a thorough exam-
ination will prove convincingly that some other explanation must
be sought. Hither they mark an incipient form of crystalization,
or they are the remaining traces of some low form of animal life
of the coral type, which was arrested in its growth by the muddy
deposits of fuller’s earth, and began its work again as scon as the
water was once more Clear.
This is a question which deserves further attention in des-
cribing the Chalk of Yorkshire.
GLACIAL SECTIONS NEAR BRIDLINGTON. BY G. W. LAMPLUGH.
PART II. CLIFF SECTION EXTENDING 900 YARDS SOUTH
OF THE HARBOUR. |
IN pursuance of my plan of describing sections in this neigh-
bourhood which are likely to be closed to the geologist, it is
desirable that some account should be given of the cliff-section
which lies immediately to the south of the Harbour at Bridling-
ton Quay, as this is already partly hidden. I have therefore
drawn to scale a section of the cliff for a distance of 900 yards
from the South Pier, as is shown in the accompanying plate, and
this I now supplement, as before, with a description and notes of
some deductions I nave drawn whilst at work on the section.
Lo
ios)
LAMPLUGiH: GLACIAL SECTIONS.
Over the extent covered by my section and for about 500
yards beyond it, a private individual, the owner of the land abutt-
ing on the cliff, has obtained foreshore rights from the Board of
Trade, with the avowed intention of reclaiming and defending
his property by the erection of a long line of sea-defences. As a
first instalment of this work, a concrete wall was commenced four
years ago near the South Pier, and carried across the beach for a
distance of 750 feet ; but having been based on a soft laminated
clay, (No. 4 of section), its foundations have slipped upwards and
outwards in places; and it is now in avery unsatisfactory condi-
tion. I suppose it is owing to this cause that the work has been
suspended.
The waste of the cliff along this section has always been very
rapid, but since the wa!l was built, the sea has encroached still
faster on the cliff beyond; so that while the recession of the beach-
line between 1852, when the Ordnance Survey was carried out, and
1872, in twenty years, was 220 feet, the recession since then,
that is, in ten years, has been 150 feet. The actual loss in thirty
years on this small estate with an exposed frontage to the shore
of 1,200 yards, has been jabout 26 acres. The sea is swiftly
bringing about a final settlement of the land question in Holderness.
That part of the accompanying section which is now hidden
by the new wall is from a sketch I made of the cliff in 1877, just
before the building commenced; the exposed part I have more
carefully planned this autumn.
Cu comparing this section with the one I published last year
of the cliff to the nerth of the town, great differences will be
observed in the beds above the Purple Clay. These I shall not
now attempt to explain, but as I have gota full series of sections
and notes from the deep drainage works which have just been
carried out in the town, and as these extend from one side of the
town to the other, I expect to be able to correlate the beds ; and_
hope next year to give my results, and thus in effect to render
the sections continuous.
LAMPLUGH: GLACIAL SECTIONS. | 29
The cliff line runs N.E. and 8.W., and as will be seen, is
lowest at the northern end, being here only 28 feet above Ord-
nance datum. In going south there is a rather sudden rise to a
height of nearly fifty feet, but the cliff begins to sink again at D
in Fig. 2, where the chalky gravel puts in, and has again lost five
feet of its height at the southern end of the section. Beyond
this the cliff smks regularly and very gradually for about a mile,
till it disappears below the blown sands of the beach near Auburn.
Northward of the section there is a slight rise, and the marls
which occupy the hollow thin out. Except in this hollow, the
ground sinks from the cliff edge inland.
The following beds are seen in this section :—
1. Banded fresh-water marl containing shells, plant remains, etc.
2. Small gravel, chiefly of chalk, with streaks of sand.
*2a. Finely laminated and ripple-marked sand and clay.
*2b. Disturbed glacial gravel, with sand and clay seams.
3, 3a and 3b. Dark purple boulder-clay, (THE PuRPLE BouLDER Cuay),
including in its midst a band of bedded boulder clay (3c), which
admits seams of sand at B,B,B.
4. Finely laminated chocolate-coloured clay, scarcely seen in the cliff but
well shown on the beach.
5. Dark greenish-blue boulder-clay (THe Basement CLaAy), containing
“many shells and shell-fragments. It nowhere rises above high-
water mark in this section.
The Freshwater Marls. (No. 1). These marls are only
seen at the northern end of the section, and are very similar to
those on the other side of the town which I described tast year,
and I believe the two join, as they seem to reach from both
sides into the hollow behind the town. Their greatest thick
ness in this section is 7 feet. They show an irregular and
intermittent seam of peat in their midst, containing remains of
beetles, seeds and plants. Where thickest, their lower layers
consist of gritty clay, and apparently have a tendency to pass into
* I have numbered these beds somewhat arbitrarily to make the figures below
agree with those in my last year’s section. I do notimpl; there is any connection
between 2 and 2a,
+ Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., 1881, p. 383.
30 LAMPLUGH: GLACIAL SECTIONS.
the underlying sand and gravel; shells are absent from this part
_of the bed, but there are many plant remains.
Dr. Nathorst found leaves of the arctic birch (Betula nana)
in these marls ; he records his discovery as under.*
‘‘Die Suszwasserablagerung en nehmen kleine Becken in Geschiebelehm.
* * * [chin einer solchen Bildung uumittelbar am siidlichen Ende der
Stadt mehrere Bliitter von Betula nana L. fand.’’+
He also doubts not that rich additions might be made from
the deeper layers of these beds, and regrets he had not time to
search further.
The Chalky Gravel. (2). A chalky gravel is seen directly
under the fresh-water marls in Fig. 1, but is absent from
the remainder of that section. What I believe to be the same
gravel, however, reappears a little further south, where the cliff
sinks shghtly, and is much better developed. I have therefore
extended my section in Fig. 2, so as to embrace its recommence-
ment; but it is still better seen yet further south, and can be
traced for above a mile, till the cliff has sunk so low as to be
hidden by blown sand.
It consists of fine gravel, chiefly of chalk, with seams of
sand, often showing cross-bedding. The chalk pebbles are mostly
flat and sub-angular. I have examined it carefully and up to the
present have found no organic remains, but think my drainage
sections will show that it is of fresh-water origin. It generally
rests on a highly denuded surface of the underlying sand and warp
series, which is cut into deep hollows (best seen beyond the
limits of my section), and it seems to be altogether unconformable
to those beds. The gravel has, however, been said to dovetail §
* Ueber néue Funde von fossilen Glacialplanzen. Englers botanischer
Jahrbuch, 1881.
+ “The fresh-water deposits occupy small hollows in boulder clay, * * * I found in
one such bed immediately at the south end of the town, several leaves of Betula nana, L.”
~ I hope sometime to be able to follow Dr, Nathorst’s suggestion and
my own inclination, and to make a close examination of these marls.
§ J. R. Dakyns, Proc. York. Geol. and Pol, Soc,, 1879, p. 126.
LAMPLUGH: GLACIAL SECTIONS. 31
into the sand below, and certainly in more than one place there is
that appearance, but in all the cases I have examined except one,
I found this appearance to be deceptive, being due to seams of »
sand in the cross-bedded gravel coming in contact with the under-
lying sand. The exception is at D in Fig. 2. where the gravel
thins out ; and here as the gravel is much weathered and confus-
ed, matters are not so clear.
I can give no certain information as to the manner in which
the chalky gravel under the marls in the northern part of my
section dies out southward, as my section of 1877 is unfortunately
by no means clear on this point; at that time I confined my
attention almost wholly to the boulder-clay, especially the ‘ Base-
ment,’ and have grouped the beds above the Purple Clay as ‘ clay,
sand and gravel ;’ but from what I can gather from my notes, and
from the now much obscured section, it seems to overlap the
edges of the denuded sand and warp which forms the slope at C;
the upper part of the sand and warp, however, contains much
gravel here, and is also cross bedded. One hundred yards north of
the north end of Fig. 1 a drain, which has just been cut, showed,
at the surface, two feet of chalky gravel, resting directly on
Purple Boulder clay. The marls had thinned out.
The Sand and Clay Series. (2a). This series, called by
Prof. Phillips* ‘the Warp beds,’ is the chief component of the
section. The upper part consists of fine yellow sand with clay
partings, generally passing downward gradually into almost
pure clay, in varying reddish-brown and greenish stripes; but
in a few places there is a sharp line between the sand and clay. The
whole series is finely laminated, and full of beautiful ripple-marking ;
cross-bedding is also of frequent occurrence, and in three or four
places the sandy beds are crumpled and twisted in a curious
manner along certain lines. This crumpling has been ascribedt
* Geology of Yorkshire, 3rd edition, p. 82.
+ J. R. Dakins, Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., 1879 p. 126.
3} LAMPLUGH: GLACIAL SECTIONS.
in some cases, to incipient concretionary action. In the sand near
C, Fig. 1, hardened root-like tubes of cemented sand, crossing
the bedding, where at one time brought out by weathering ; and
these I looked upon as being caused by the percolation of water
which had passed through the chalky gravel above, and so
became charged with lime. It may be that concretionary action
may be set up by the same agent, though in a few cases the
crumplings look very like contortions. I give an enlarged sec-
tion of a case which seems to be concretionary (3).
The surfaces of the clayey layers often exhibit pittings and
other markings, which deserve closer study than I have yet been
able to bestow.*
The division between this series and the underlying gravel is
generally abrupt, but in one or two places where the gravel is
thick and sandy there is a clear passage between them.
Here and there streaks and pockets of gravel appear amongst
the sand and clay, and in one or two places (as at H, but chiefly to
the south of my section), the beds become charged with gravel
from top to bottom. Three years ago a large travelled block was
to be seent imbedded in the lower part of this division, a few
hundred yards south of Fig. 2, but this is the only recorded. case
of the kind. I have found no organic remains either in the sand
or clay.
The Lower Gravel (26). This is a rough drift gravel,
chiefly composed of pebbles and boulders washed out of the boul-
der-clay ; but in some places it also contains in its upper part
many chalk pebbles. An occasional shell-crumb may be found in
it,—no more than might have been derived from the boulder-clay
* At first 1 was disposed to regard all these markings as rain pittings,
but onone surface I examined, the pittings were arranged in definite groups
of four, so that unless in the rainy days which followed the break-up of
the ice, such things as symmetrical showers occasionally fell the markings
must be due to some other cause. :
t+ Recorded by J. R. Dakyns, supra cit.
VAMPLUGH : GLACIAL SECTIONS. 33
with the other pebbles. I have already mentioned that it some-
times passes upwards into the beds above ; where this takes place
it is generally thick, and sandy throughout. Downwards, its
junction with the boulder clay is most irregular and peculiar. The
general section and enlarged sections 1 and 2 will illustrate this
better than a verbal description, and I would also refer to the
account I gave last year* of very similar appearances to the north
of the town.
The Purple Boulder-Clay (8). This boulder-clay answers
closely to my description of the same bed in the above-cited
paper, being a dark brownish-purple clay, containing a great
variety of boulders, and a few shell-fragments. The chief point
of interest in this sectivn lies in the existence of a well-stratifi-
ed portion, (3c), which occurs along one horizon, and thus forms
a band running thread-like throughout the section.
This stratified band varies in thickness trom a few inches to
three feet ; it does not differ much from the rest of the clay
except in being bedded, but is rather more earthy, (which causes
it to weather faster), and also contains a sprinkling of small
chalk pebbles, and these are rare in the clay below it, and not
plentiful above. It contains scratched blocks like the rest of the
boulder clay, but flat pebbles are nearly always laid horizontally.
The bedding is sometimes very distinct and almost fine enough to
be called lamination ; at others it is almost, or quite lost, though
the state of the cliff has something to do with this, as it is after
the washing of a heavy sea that the bedding is best brought out.
There are often reddish, whitish, or greenish streaks at its base,
which seem to be the remains of crushed masses of soft rocks.
Its junction with the boulder-clay below is sharply defined,
but upwards it is sometimes vague. As will be seen from the
section, it rests on, and follows the inequalities of, an extreme y
uneven surface, rising and sinking in the cliff continually, varying
* Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt Soc., 1881, p. 384.
34 LAMPLUGH: GLACIAL SECTIONS.
from about 20 feet above the beach to beach-line, and evidently
lapping round and over lumpy and projecting bosses of the
lower part of the clay,—passing over them sometimes at a high
angle ;—so that the line traced by this band in the cliff, if called
a ‘horizon’ is decidedly hilly in aspect.
At the points marked B in the sections, the band passes into,
or admits, seams of fine clean sand, which appear to have been
sheltered under the lea of a boss of the clay-bed, as they are usually
sharply cut into, and cut off, by the overlying clay. I have not
yet been able to ascertain whether the direction of the leaside is
always the same, but in two cases the sand rested on the western
slope of a knoll. ,
Owing to the same reason as with the gravels—the deficien-
cies of my early section—I have not been able to trace the course
of the band in the now hidden part of the section, though its
continuance is indicated by the sand-seam in the midst of the clay,
and I also find reference in my notes to the ‘two foot seam,’
The boulder clay above the band has suffered severe and
irregular erosion, being in some places 10 or 12 feet thick,—
in others nearly or quite, cut through, as at Fin Fig. 1. The
erosion is generally deep where the peculiarly disturbed junction
with the gravel (26), is well developed.
Beyond the limits of my section northward, the Purple
Boulder-clay, following the upward slope of the Basement Clay,
comes to the surface ; southward, though holding, on the whole,
a slightly higher level, it rises and falls irregularly as in the
section.
The Laminated Clay (4). The laminated clay on which the
Purple Clay rests does not in this section, nor indeed elsewhere,
rise above the level of the highest tides, and is best developed on
the beach a little distance from the cliff. Its course thereon is
shown by the dotted lines below the beach line in Fig. 1; these
lines form a rough ground plan of the beach between tide marks.
LAMPLUGH : GLACIAL SECTIONS. 35
The clay is chocolate-coloured, and very fine and tough. It is
beautifully laminated, and in places ripple-marked, and contains
no pebbles nor other foreign admixture, save in its lowest layers.
It rests on an eroded surface of the ‘ Basement Clay,’ which has
been worn into deep hollows. Upwards, it is cut off abruptly by
the Purple Clay wherever it rises much above beach level, ending
thus a little beyond the limits of my section on both sides.
About 350 yards beyond the southern termination of Fig. 2,
just before the laminated clay is cut out as described, it passes
upward into sand with clay partings, which are in one place seven
feet thick. This is only seen for a short distance; the base of
the purple clay above is forced down irregularly over it, and
shows slickensides. A similar sand-bed remains above the lamin-
ated clay for a short distance, on the other side of the town, and
I have no doubt that sand has once been continuous at this
horizon, and has nearly all been swept off during the deposition of
the Purple Clay.
The laminated clay completely fills the deep and wide hollow
in the Basement Clay on the beach, near the northern end of
Fig. 1, so that it has here a thickness of about 16 feet: else-
where it rarely exceeds four or five feet. The foundations of the
sea-wall were placed in this hollow, with the recorded results.
There is a thin seam of chalky gravel between the laminated
clay and the underlying boulder clay in the bottom of the hollow,
and this, whenever tapped, yields copious supplies of very pure
water, which wells out at high tide but ceases to flow at ebb. A
row of piles driven down into the Basement Clay in front of the
wall (with the hope of staying its further advance) forms in this
way a line of fine ebbing and flowing springs; and an iron tube,
which has been let down behind the wall, discharges a strong and
continuous jet at high tide. The well-known ebbing and flowing
spring in the harbour is probably supplied from the same
source.
36 LAMPLUGH: GLACIAL SECTIONS.
I was for some time at a loss to account for the discharge of
such a strong volume of water of fine quality from an apparently
isolated and insignificant seam of gravel; but I am now of opinion
that the water is derived from the chalk, either by the inland
continuation and unconformable overlap of the gravel, for which
the cliffs north of the town yield confirmatory evidence, or by
the direct upward rise of the water through some gap or pervious
place in the basement clay.
Water is shed copiously between tide marks along the range
of chalk cliffs on both sides of Flambro’ Head,
The Basement Clay (5). Of this boulder-clay I have given
a full description in the Geological Magazine for December,
1881, p. 535, and need therefore give no further account of it
here, I may mention, however, that I am at present trying to
make a full collection of the older rocks which occur as boulders
in such immense variety in this clay, with the hope that it may be
possible to determine the source of many of them; and I shall be
glad to send specimens for examination to anyone who thinks he
can identify any local igneous rock known to him which may
occur amongst them.
It will be observed that gravels containing a large proportion
of chalk occur at three horizons in this section :—1st, above the
sand and clay series (No. 2 of section) :—2nd, above the Purple
Clay (2b):—38rd, below the laminated clay. To these may be
added the stratified boulder clay band (3c), which if washed
would yield a similar gravel.
I think this a point worth attention, as these gravels indicate
the constant recurrence of an exposed chalk surface in the neigh-
bourhood during the deposition of the boulder-clays ;—a condition
to be borne in mind when considering the origin of the clays.
The chalk wold extends in a curved sweep about a mile to the
north and west of the sections. On the promontory of Flambro’
Head there are some gravels containing much chalk and others
LAMPLUGH: GLACIAL SECTIONS. oul
with none, and much might be learnt from a study of their mutual
relations.
I regard the whole of the beds above the Purple Clay as of
fresh-water origin, but shall be better able to submit my reasons
after I have described the drainage sections.
I suggested last year that the intrusions and contortions
between the Purple Boulder clay and gravel might result from the
movement of ice in fresh-water. I have been confirmed in this
view by finding similar disturbances amongst undoubtedly fresh-
water beds in some sections shown in the banks of Watermill
Beck, a small stream which empties itself across the beach about
three miles to the south of Bridlington Quay. The great thickness
of undisturbed clay and sand overlying the seat of disturbances in
Figs. 1 and 2, shows conclusively that it is not a recent surface
movement that has affected the beds. At the same time I may
note that after much rain, water is shed pretty freely from the
gravel above the boulder-clay, and also that the lower layers of
the overlying warp are sometimes slightly drawn downwards into
the crushed gravels.
The stratified band in the Purple Clay is another point which
must not be forgotten by the glacial theorist. At first glance the
stratification might be supposed to occur at random throughout
the mass of the clay, owing to the constant change in the height
and position of the band in a cliff-face always in some degree
masked by landslips (which come and go over every point of the
section al a surprising rate), but when once noticed, there is no
difficulty in tracing it as long as the boulder-clay is visible.
The material of which it is composed differs so slightly from
the clay above and below, that it has almost certainly been derived
from the same source; yet there can be no doubt that this
material has been sorted and deposited in water, for sometimes
streaks of sand make their appearance along every bedding plane.
It cannot therefore be directly the product of land ice; neither ig
38 LAMPLUGH: GLACIAL SECTIONS.
its position, nor composition, such as I should expect from a sub-
glacial river; nor from icebergs. It looks to me as if deposited
in open water, of no great depth, with no ice excepting light floes.
The question arises with regard to the hummocky nature of
the clay on which the stratified band rests, whether this is due to
erosion, or disturbance, or to unequal deposition? Appearances
generally favour the latter, though there are signs of erosion also.
I expect eventually to show that the band is on the same
horizon as the the thick sands and gravels which separate the
Purple Clay on the north side of the town, and I also believe that
its southward continuation may be found in a similar band which
may be traced almost continuously throughout the Holderness
sections ; though before I can speak of this with certainty, it will
be necessary to see that there is not more than one > HOT for
stratification in the Purple Clay.
If finally proved to have so wide an extension, the stratified
band will become of value as a dividing line in the clays, though
there seems to be a growing tendency amongst glacialists since
the breakdown of the evidence for a series of recurrent intergla-
cial periods to avoid new lines, just as naturalists now avoid new
species, and to ‘lump’ the deposits as much as possible. Yet I
think that apart altogether from the theoretical aspect, lines such
as these, in a confused and refractory mass like our boulder-clays,
all deserve careful study, even though they be of no more intrin-
sic value than the bedding planes in a mass of limestone. To
me, it does not seem necessary to ‘lump’ the whole of the sections
because some present intricacies and difficulties; and although
the local variations which exist in the sections obscure and
confuse them, and render a very close and careful study indis-
pensable in many cases,—the oftener I examine them the more
satisfied am I that wide-reaching divisions other than those already
made, exist both north and south of Flambro’.
Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc, N.S. Vol. VIIE, Pl. I.
Sept. —Oct. 1882.
~)
gS
North hast.
8S ee =a
SSG FORO
Ne
Qa
KU I
ort
iN
Ge G Cold
reeke
gee ws hs
SS a
ee sen Se ae
SS ee nee
\
\
e \
|
pr ase ie _---., Laminated Clay.
Basement Cay
= v2) %E.
=a “BROKE TERRACE.
TCS:
oY a jgemp dL LALA pp pp ppp pe pdppph tp pf fl FEE
EEN RL ALLL EL LILLE
pio
SOUWTA PIER
5 errno ers
OM wm oe TEER oe TRY Se NE SEER NNT HS 2o
= ee
. Suet:
abe xT ee Soe
Te
| 5. (Basement Clay.)
\
SS aS
lion at Cll? lop, 300yds. SW of Lig 2 showing
0 i bedding of Sand supposed to be conerdionary
* =
SS eee
i ANT ; -
‘Cr See
z pe ee = ee
Re. <p <3 be i Ge } =
te Ee ; Se
GS My L~) de \ NG !
— ‘ ios: Ce wf. N SS
Ae BOOS 6 rece ys
os wed Spee) wae
aa
— Are He Pe So
IN
Ve
PRS OE
a ae ee
—~< 5 —
es
|
Ch wn 3.
|
ons cf thee concretions are solt- yellow sand ; the Unies indicate thee
ty which stidid cul through weathering
the rile marking is drawn upward as vb nears he centre of listurtunte.
i a rae
rr Bn”
i f
1 | Proc, York. cen and Polyt. Soc, N.S. Vol. VIIL., Pl. f.
GLACIAL SECTIONS NEAR BRIDLINGTON. PART II.
Length of Section 7#0 yards |
Hetght. trore 25 to VS leet
Lig). Cliff Section south of Bridtiington. Quay Harbou:
Sept. —Oct. 1882.
Soulh Wes
i Scale. 60 feet to an iach
(Section continued southward in Fig 2.)
CLIP top
North East.
2a (Warp Series) F
+ (Laminated Clay.)
asemenk Clay. EO er
| ST
Laminated Clay.
Basement daly,
Hoga 1
LE
“BROKE TERRACE.
si
| Beach
ce a y= a ne ae
| #
F = , Beach:
Fi eee eo ee eee 4: (Laminated Clay.) | 5, (Basement Clay.)
Fig. 2. Southward continuation cf Fig. / Same Scate.
Length 170 yas c
Height _srone FO tA Ste
Lnlarged Sections :
SW
CU top.
Scale 10 teet toan inch in | &2 — 6 feel to an inch wd.
1&2. Sections near Ain fig. 2, showing intrusion of Purple houlder Clay
thy Goa
3. Section at Clit top, WO0yas SW lig 2 showing
mto Gravel a distarbance ii bedding of Sand supposed to be Cone ONATY.
Curr Tor
2a
Za. (Wari) bedi
2b. (Grand) Sas
Je =
35 ey =
Beach:
Ba
Explanation,
| Top soit 3, 3a, 3b, Paneer: Clay, containing a stratified portion Je. 2%
| 1. Fresh water Mart + Lannated Clay zr
| 2. Chalhy Gravel. I. Basement Boulder Cay.
| 2a Sand © Clay. Warp’ Series. The capitals indicate poi Ber eayig a thelteee The rnshaded. por Sais
pe BoE: we, CELE LS OIE EEENS LECTED EE deaves of Sandy Clay white stad cut duvugh weathering
B { Mong the line x nipple masking is drain upward. as ut nears the centre of distur,
——$—$
NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF FOSSIL FISH REMAINS IN
THE CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONE SERIES OF YORKSHIRE.
BY JAMES W. DAVIS, F.G.S.
THE fish remains of the Mountain Limestone of Yorkshire are not
numerous, neither are they found in a great number of localities.
If the great area of the western and northern portions of the
county be taken into consideration, which are more or less occu-
pied by the Mountxin Limestone, extending from Clitheroe and
Slaidburn, Thornton, Skipton, to Greenhow Hill in the south, to
the limits of the county westwards and northwards, and that in all
these localities, and very many others, the rock is expcsed and
excavated for commercial and agricultural purposes, in quarries of
enormous extent, there can remain but one conclusion, that whilst
these rocks are replete with fossil mollusca, corals and encrinites
there appears to have been a most remarkable absence of fishes in
the seas of that period. The non-discovery may be attributed to
a want of interest in this branch of paleeontology, on the part of
collectors, who may perhaps have been more deeply interested in
the collection of the beautiful and perfectly preserved specimens
of fossil brachiopods, corals and others which abound in many
localities, largely quarried, whilst the less known and _ infinitely
rarer remains of fishes have been neglected. Notwithstanding
this disadvantage there seems to be little doubt that the absolute
sterility of most localities must be attributed to the absence of
fossil remains rather that than the need of collectors, and we are
driven to the conclusion that, only in few localities and on special
horizons have fishes been preserved in a fossil state. The reason
for this peculiar arrangement opens a wide field for most interest-
ting speculation. It would appear improbable that during the
deposition of the strata containing fish-remains there was an
abundant ichthyic fauna in the carboniferous seas, extending only
over a comparitively limited area, and existing only for a sufficient
period to accumulate, in most cases, a very-thin stratum of lime-
40 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
stone in which the fossils are preserved, and that during the
longer intervals when the intervening thickness of limestone was
deposited, there was an almost total absence of fishes in the sea. It
has already been observed that the limestone is generally a
homogeneous substance of a more or less crystalline structure, but
the exploration of the present beds of some of the deep seas
where chalk or limestone is in process of deposition has proved
that side by side with the foraminifera which secrete calcareous
substances, there are others which have a more or less siliceous
skeleton and that the latter constitutes a portion of the substance
forming the sea bottom. One ofthe peculiarities in connection with
the great aggregation of fish-remains in the Red Beds of Wensley-
dale is, that the beds are extremely cherty, masses of nodular chert
extend in horizontal layers in close proximity with the fish-beds. The
method by which the nodules and beds of chert have been separ-
ated is not understood ; it is possible that the presence of submarine
thermal springs, due to volcanic action, may have something to
do with the aggregation of the silica to form the cherty or flinty
masses. If such be the case, it might be equally probable that
the ebullition of water, charged with perhaps poisonous ingredients,
would result in the destruction of large numbers of fishes, and in
this way the fish-beds may have originated. Except on some
hypothesis such as this, it is difficult to conceive a good reason
for the occurrence of immense numbers of fish-remains on definite
horizons of small thickness, and their almost total absence through-
out great thicknesses of intermediate limestone.
Notwithstanding the extreme localization of the beds contain-
ing fish-remains there is no reason to complain of the numbers of
either specimens or species in localities where they do occur and
have been carefully collected, but as will be observed further on,
the characteristics of the Yorkshire Limestone fishes are peculiar.
In many respects they are distinguished from those, either of the
limestone of other localities of the British Islands, or of the coal
measures which succeeded them.
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 41
Amongst the more frequent examples of ichthyodorulites
found in the Mountain Limestone of Bristol, in which locality
numerous specimens have been discovered, are the spines and
teeth of large predacious fishes allied to the sharks now living.
Some of the fish-spines are of immense size. An example in the
collection of Karl Ducie at Tortworth Court, which is imperfect at
the base, was probably, three feet in length. The fish to which
it belonged, judging by comparison with living forms, must have
been nearly forty feet in length. Many other genera and species
of fishes which were possessed of large fin-defences occur in the
limestone on the banks of the Avon.
The limestone at Armagh, in Ireland, contains a large number
of teeth, which from their peculiar angular margins and flat
surfaces, have evidently occupied the mouth of the fish with a
flat pavement-like arrangement. This form of dentition is admir-
ably adapted for preying on animals enclosed by hard shells like
the mollusca. Perhaps the most characteristic teeth of the
Yorkshire Limestones are those of Petalorhynchus and Pristodus,
the dentition of the latter resembles that of the peculiar fish
Diodon, now living in the seas under the warm rays of the tropical
sun. In Diodon, each jaw is occupied by a single tooth which
extends over the palate as well as envelopes the outer margins of
the jaws.
Besides the fishes mentioned, which appear to be localized
and peculiar to certain districts, there are many others which are
common to all of them. Groups represented by the twisted teeth of
Vochliodus, the pavement-like teeth of Psammodus, and the sharp-
pointed, shark-like teeth of Cladodus, are found in greater or less
abundance in all the localities where fossil fishes have been
discovered.
The larger proportion of the fish -remains of the Carboniferous
Limestone appear to be restricted to the formation; they are not
found in the earlier strata of the Old Red Sandstone or the still
42 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
older Silurians. The fishes found in the Old Red are comprised in
the externally armour-plated fishes of which Coccosteus may be
taken as the type, and the thick, enamel-scaled fishes represented
by Cheirolepis, Acanthodes and Osteolepis, all of which are
ganoids. In the Mountain Limestone, Ganoid fishes are almost
entirely absent, being represented only by a few plates of Ceel-
acanthus from Armagh; unless it shall be found that the various-
shaped pustulate plates of Oracanthus represent the external
armour of a fish allied to Coccosteus,
The great Elasmobranch fishes, armed with dorsal fin-spines
of great power, for either offence or defence, became of great
importance during the limestone era, they are represented in
earlier formations only by the small spines of Onchus in the Silur-
ians. In later formations some of the Limestone Elasmobranchs
are represented by descendants in the genus Ctenacanthus; others
may also possess characters more or less common to the genera of
both formations. In the shales of the coal measures, ganoid fishes
of very large size such as Rhizodus and Megalichthys become of
frequent occurrence, the rare Coelacanthus of the limestone, in the
Cannel coal becomes an extremely abundant genus, and several
placoid fishes possessing characteristics quite different from those
of the Mountain Limestone becomes tolerably abundant. The Acan-
thodians, which were common in the Old Red Sandstone strata, but
absent from the limestone, again put in an appearance in the coal
measures. The great majority of the limestone fishes, however,
are not found in the coal measures, the great group of Copodonts
and Psammodonts, the Cochliodonts and the last remnant of the
Coccostean group, if Oracanthus be such, have all disappeared
prior to the deposition of the coal measures.
It must not of necessity be supposed that the changes indi-
cated above were of univeral significance, it is far more probable
that they were due to circumstances more or less localized in
extent. The Carboniferous Limestone is a deep water formation,
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS, 43
and the fish-remains contained in its strata were doubtless those
of the fishes which inhabited those deep waters, but the Old Red
Sandstone formations were accumulated in much shallower water,
probably in many cases formed the shore during the deposition of
the Limestone in the deep waters beyond, the fishes found fossil
in those beds, may naturally be expected to differ in character
from those of the deep water. The Coal measures again are the
result of deposits of sand and mud brought from the land by
streams either to an estuary of the sea or inland lakes, in either
case, the piscine fauna may be expected to exhibit peculiarities
totally different to those of the fauna of the Limestone.
It is proposed after giving the list of fishes found in the
Yorkshire Limestone series which immediately follows, to consider
the relationship they appear to possess with other fossil forms,
and their zoological position with regard to allied fishes now
existing, and to draw such inferences therefrom as may seem
desirable.
Cladacanthus paradoxus, Agass. sh ae Leyburn.
Physonemus arcuatus, Agass.
Cladodus mirabilis, Agass.
3 striatus, Agass.
» basalis, Agass.
s Hornei, Davis.
= mucronatus, Davis. :
Pristicladodus dentatus, McCoy. _ & 5
es Goughi, McCoy. ... “s ae Kettlewell.
Glyphanodus tenuis, Davis. 300 ae a Leyburn.
Orodus ramosus, Agass ee oa vee Ps
ws Reeds Davis, © <4. ce aes a Richmond.
Lophodus reticulatus, Davis. ... a5 a8 Wensleydale.
Diclitodus scitulus, Davis. -
Cochliodus contortus, Agass. ..., ae oD Leyburn,
Deltodus aliformis, Agass. de oe Tes -
Deltoptychius acutus, Agass... is Ae 9
Psephodus magnus, Agass. Mos me Settle.
Peecilodus Jonesii, Agass. =e a tae Leyburn.
= Sp., Nov. cs ue ar - 9
Pleurodus Woodi, Davis. Ae bag Leyburn, Richmond.
Psammodus rugosus, Agass. ... a ” Settle.
x Settle
44 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
Dimyleus Woodi, Agass. Be Ras Leyburn.
Petalodus accuminatus, Agass. ... . » settle, Richmond.
Polyrhizodus, sp. ? SS gi
Petalopsodus tripartitis, bare
Ctenopetalus serratus, Agass.
Petalorhynchus psittacinus, Agass.
Pristodus falcatus, Agass. cae 3
Megalichthys, sp. ? a et die .
. Richmond.
The whole of the fish remains enumerated above are comprised
in the sub-class, Palwichthytes as defined by Dr. Gunther. The
sub-class includes two orders, the Chondropterygii and the
Ganoidei. The latter is equivalent to Prof. Huxley’s Ganoidei and
Dipnoi, whilst the former comprises the Elasmobranchii of Prof.
Huxley’s classification and includes the sharks, rays, and chimeras.
The order Chondropterygii is divided into two sub-orders:
Plagiostomata, comprising the sharksand rays, and the Holocephala,
the chimeras, The Elasmobranch fishes of the Mountain Limestone
are all included in the Sub-order Plagiostomata. The remains of
these fishes which have been preserved are always in a disinteg-
rated condition and consist of detached teeth or spines. A slight
consideration of the anatomy of an existing shark will at once
explain the reasons why this is so. The framework of a shark is
cartilaginous; the mandibles, skull, supports for the fins, &c. are
each unossified, though well developed; and the vertebre are
also in many cases cartilaginous though various modifications occur.
In some there is a slight ring of bone imbedded in the cartilage,
in others the whole of the vertebra is ossified. The vertebre of the
plagiostomous fishes whose remains are found in the Carboniferous
Limestone appear to have been entirely cartilaginous, for hitherto
no trace has been found of their preservation. The only parts of
the fish which have been preserved are the teeth, the spines which
occupied positions in front of the dorsal or pectoral fins, and
occasionally patches of the dermal covering like shagreen. The
organs on which, since the researches of Johannes Miiller, modern
classification has been based—the heart, the spiral intestine and the
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 45
optic nerves, have entirely disappeared, and it is only by com-
parison of the parts preserved fossil wilh similar ones in existing
fishes that we are enabled to affirm that as in the recent fish, the
teeth, &c. bear functional relationship with the soft parts of the
fish, so in the fossil state similar teeth must have borne a -
corresponding relationship with the parts of the fish which
have disappeared. That the remains which are preserved
should be mixed up in almost inextricable confusion is not
remarkable when it is remembered that after the cartilaginous
portions of the fish, which connect its several hard parts, have
become decayed, the latter, each separated from the other, are
liable to be washed hither and thither by every tide or current,
and to become widely separated and intermixed with remains of
other fishes so that it is an occurrence of extreme varity to find
even the teeth of a fish in so happy juxtaposition that they can
be identified as pertaining to the same individual.
In attempting to trace the affinities and relationships of
fossil fishes to recent forms the divergence between them is in
some cases apparently slight, whilst in others, characters are
developed which, unless they be regarded as connecting links
between an older fauna and the present one, are inexplicable. So
far as there is any evidence at present known, the Lower Silurian
and all preceeding formations are devoid of fish remains; from
which it may be inferred, that the advent of fishes took place
during the deposition of the Upper Silurian Strata. During the
succeeding Devonian and Old Red Sandstone age, immense
numbers of fishes swam in the seas. In size they were little
inferior and in structure they were scarcely less highly organized
than the fishes inhabiting the waters at the present day. Notwith-
standing this, they present many peculiarities which have long
since disappeared and been replaced in following ages by others,
again to flourish for a while and in their turn disappear. The
fishes of the earlier formation whilst perfectly organized present
a much simpler fauna than in succeeding ones, and whilst the |
46 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
number of individuals may have been as large as during any
succeeding age, the diversity of form, which for convenience of
reference we designate by the terms genera and species, has
greatly increased; and at the present time the repeated divergence
of the original forms through succeeding ages has produced an
almost endless variety, infinitely greater than at any previous
portion of the history of the world. It is more than probable
that this great variety of forms has been produced by repeated
slight differentiations from the parent stock, which, rendering the
offspring better capable of adaptation to an altered environment,
or presenting some feature more readily transmitted has
gradually modified the species until all trace of relationship with
its first parents is lost. It is for this reason, amongst others,
that the study of fossil forms is essential to a thorough knowledge
of existing fishes; the characters found in different families of the
latter, now quite distinct, were originally combined or blended in
the earlier fishes, so that the fossil fishes form links in an almost
endless chain, which renders their study of intense interest to the
modern biologist. The imperfections in this developmental chain
are great; but every new addition to the knowledge of fossil
ichthyology, derived from new or well preserved specimens, serves
to throw additional light on the subject and to render a complete
elucidation of the relationships of living species more possible.
Until a comparatively modern epoch the group of fishes with
a bony skeleton, the Teleostei, which form by far the largest
portion of existing fishes, is not represented in a fossil state, their
first appearance being during the deposition of the chalk. The
Plagiostomata or sharks have been represented from the earliest
times to the present. Traces of this group are first observed in
the Upper Silurian rocks of Ludlow, and they have continued to
exist in greater or less profusion through every succeeding
geological epoch. In the Carboniferous series of rocks the number
of species already discovered is very large, and comprises a con-
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 47
siderable variety of plagiostomous fishes which have since disap-
peared. Prof. Agassiz considered that a large proportion of the
Carboniferous fishes bore a greater resemblance to the Cestracion,or
Port Jackson Shark, than to any other existing genus ; the latter
is represented by one or two existing species only, and appears
from its comparatively small numbers and localized extent to be
almost on the point of extinction. An important characteristic of
the sharks of the older geological ages lies-in their possessing, to
a much larger extent than at present, large fin-spines, in many
instances highly ornamented.
The Ganoidei, which comprises an enormous assemblage and
great variety of fishes in the ancient geological periods, is now
reduced to a comparatively small number of species inhabiting the
rivers of America and Africa, and the sturgeons which are marine.
The typical ganoid, represented by the Garpike (Lepidosteus) of
the American rivers, or the fossil Megalichthys, is covered with
a coat of rhomboidal, thick, bony scales, with an enamelled sur-
face. There are however, many exceptions to this character, and
the living Amia of the American lakes, covered with thin imbri-
cated scales, is devoid of enamel, they are of small size, very
similar to some of the bony fishes.
The groups of fossil fishes found in the Yorkshire Limestone
Series included in the sub-order Plagiostomata are the following.
Hybodontide, represented by Cladodus, Pristicladodus and
Glyphanodus.
Crodontide , x Orodus, Lophodus and Diclitodus.
Cochliodontidz - a Cochliodus, Deltodus, Psephodus,
Deltoptychius and Peecilodus,
(perhaps Pleurodus. )
Petalodontid - a Petalodus, Polyrhizodus, Petalop-
sodus, Ctenopetalus, and Pet-
alorhynchus.
Psammodontide i, Bs Psammodus.
Copodontidze . - Dimyleus.
Ichthyodorulites _,, . Cladacanthus and Physonemus.
Besides these, the teeth of the genus Pristodus, which can-
not be included with any of the above groups, but whose affinities
48 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
seem to lie in the direction of the Plagistomata, is very abundant in
the upper bed of the series and is peculiar to this district.
In other localities the group Hybodontide is represented by
several genera of spines which bear a greater or less resemblance
to the Hybodus of the Lias. Amongst the most formidable of
these are the spines of Ctenacanthus and associated with them
the teeth called Cladodus. It has been thought probable, from
the spines of Ctenacanthus and the teeth of Cladodus occuring
together with considerable frequency, that they may have
been co-existent in the same fishes. It is well known that the
spines of Hybodus of the Lias were associated with teeth to
which Cladodus bear some resemblance. The latter differ from
Hybodus in the cusps produced from the surface of the crown
being longer and sharply pointed; in other respects they are
similar. A peculiar circumstance in connection with this group
in the Yorkshire Limestone is that, whilst the teeth of Cladodus
are represented by five or six species, some of which, like C. strait-
us, are very common; there has hitherto been no specimens of
Ctenacanthus discovered. The teeth occur in the thick-bedded
limestone of Settle and Giggleswick, examples from the quarries
in the neighbourhood may be seen in the Museum of the Grammar
School of the latter place; they also frequently occur in some
of the thin limestones in Wensleydale, comprised in the Yoredale
series of Prof. Phillips, and in the limestone quarries in the neigh-
bourhood of Richmond, but in none of these localities have the
spines of Ctenacanthus been discovered. Considering the large
numbers of teeth of Cladodus which have been found, and the
absence, hitherto, of any evidence of spines, even approaching in
character to Ctenacanthus, negative evidence of considerable
weight is afforded that the two genera were not so closely related
as has been suggested, or at any rate, that the teeth of Cladodus
may have belonged to a predaceous fish unprotected by fin-rays,
in the Carboniferous area in this district.
The genius Pristicladodus is in many respects similar to
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 49
Cladodus, it is a thicker and stronger tooth with only one lateral
cusp on each side the large central one. The name was given
originally by Prof. M. Coy to teeth from the Limestone of
Derbyshire. Glyphanodus is a very peculiar species, the teeth
are excessively thin and compressed, the crown consisting of a
single median cone with a chisel-like edge, sharp and smooth.
The base descends co-extensively with the crown and resembles
that of the Petalodonts more than Cladodus which usually extends
in amore or less horizontal direction backwards; the crown of
the tooth is however, much more closely related to Cladodus than
the Petalodonts, possessing characters which would associate it
with both genera it may perhaps be looked upon as a connecting
link between the two. It has been found only in Yorkshire.
The teeth comprised in the group Orodontide have a very
wide distribution both in the British Islands, on the continent of
Kurope, and in America. Those found in Yorkshire comprising
two species of Orodus are small and comparatively rare; there is
also one species of Lophodus and anew genus Diclitodus. The
latter has only been found in Yorkshire, it differs from the genus
Orodus in possessing two equal cones raised from the crown; in
other respects it bears a considerable likeness to the Orodonts and
has been placed provisionally amongst them.
The Orodonts in the Limestones of Bristol and Armagh are
very much larger in size than the Yorkshire ones but it is
rarely that two or more teeth are found in juxtaposition though
two or three instances have occurred in which three or four teeth
have been connected together in such a manner as to leave no
doubt that they still retained a natural position. Though examples
are rare in this country of specimens which exhibit the arrange-
ment of the teeth on the jaws, American paleontologists have
discovered at Osage, County Kansas in America, an extremely well
preserved series of teeth which illustrate the whole dental
arrangement. The teeth are from the coal measures and are
described in “ Palceontology of Illinois” Vol. VI. p. 311, by
50 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
Messrs. St. John and Worthen. Though very closely related to
Orodus the authors consider that minor differences are sufficiently
distinctive to form the new genus Agassizodus for the accommoda-
tion of the specimens. About four hundred and fifty to five
hundred teeth comprised the whole of the left ramus of the lower
jaw and a portion of the right one. In their description of this
remarkable specimen the authors state that “the articular extrem-
ities of the jaw arenot preserved, though fragments of the substance
of the cartilage are scattered through the rock mass upon which
the teeth are imbedded. These cartilages were doubtless com-
paratively thin, the outer and inner folds giving way to the
pressure which flattened the rami, as shewn in the present
condition. The teeth are disposed in serial rows having a
convoluted inrollment from the inner to the outer border, and
gradually increasing in size from the posterior extremity to the row
of large median teeth, anterior to which the rows as regularly
diminish in size towards the symphysis,” the posterior portion of
the jaw has six to nine rows of teeth similar in form to, but of
smaller size than the teeth of the median portion. The middle
portion of the ramus is occupied by a row of proportionately very
large teeth which differ from the posterior teeth in having the
crown produced intoa strong, obtusely conical excentric prominence
which culminates at a point more or less posterior of the middle of
the tooth, whilst the posterior teeth are devoid of any defined
median keel. The anterior portions of the teeth are very similar
to those situated posteriorly of the median row. There are eight to
nine rows, and contrary to the posterior ones they gradually
diminish in size anteriorly as they approach the symphysis of the
jaw. In the extreme anterior rows the teeth assume considerable
diversity of form, and there are a number of minute, nearly
circular teeth which exhibit in the form of the crown, and its
sculpturing a strong likeness to Petrodus. ‘‘ Generally considered,
the teeth present the closest affinities with Orodus Ag., a group
prevalent in the Lower Carboniferous formation.” But the present
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. ol
group of teeth is distinguished by the prevailing prominence of
the buttressed condition of the anterior coronal borders, and the
relative uniformity or evenness of the posterior face, besides the
relatively fewer rows of acuminate teeth, as inferred from this
feature being so prevalent in all collections of Orodi, while the
linear forms are least commonly met with. The authors also state
that in addition to the teeth and pieces of cartilaginous matter
which appear to have formed the supports of the jaws,
there were a number of exceedingly small bodies “ irregularly
circular in outline, with a depressed convex coronal portion, which
rises into an eccentric acumination or transverse ridge along one
side, and delicately sculptured with irregular carina radiating from
the apex towards the marginal borders.” Below they are concave.
No two specimens appear to be exactly alike, though they have a
general resemblance, especially in the dark horny luster of the
enameled crown, by which they are readily distinguished from
the teeth with which they are associated. It seems not improbable
that these minute bodies constituted part of the dermal covering
or shagreen of the fish.
The description of the fossil Agassizodus from the Kansas
coal measures bears a close resemblance to the description given
by Prof. Owen of the dentition of the modern Cestracion, and as
the subject forms one of the few rare instances in which one of
the earlier plagiostomous fossil fishes can be reliably compared
with an existing form, I venture to give Prof. Owen’s description
as follows, ‘‘The teeth at the anterior part of the jaws are the
smallest; they present a transverse, sub-compressed, conical
figure, with the apex produced into a sharp point; these points
are worn away from the used teeth at the anterior and outer parts
of the jaw, but are strongly marked in those which still lie below
the margin. There are six subvertical rows of these small cuspi-
date teeth on each side of the jaw, together with a median row
close to the symphyseal line; and from twelve to fourteen teeth
to a row. Behind the cuspidate teeth, the five consecutive rows of
52 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
teeth progressively increase in all their dimensions, but principally
in their antero-posterior extent ; the sharp point is converted into
a longitudinal ridge, traversing a convex crushing surface, and
the ridge itself disappears in the largest teeth. As the teeth
increase in size, they diminish in number in each row; the series
of the largest teeth includes from six to seven in the upper and
from seven to eight in the lower jaw _Beliind this row, the teeth,
although preserving their form as crushing instruments, progres-
sively diminish in size; while at the same time the number
comprised in each row decreases. From the oblique and apparently
spiral disposition of the rows of teeth, their symmetrical arrange-
ment on the opposite sides of the jaw, and their graduated diversity
of form, they constitute the most elegant tesselated covering of
the jaws which is to be met with in the whole class of fishes ”
(Odontography, page 51). A comparison of the two forms shews
how small is the difference between them, both in the characters
of the teeth and in the form of arrangement. The arrangement
of the fossil is almost exactly similar to the appearance which
would be presented by the teeth of Cestracion if they were spread
out and compressed. The most striking difference between them
lies in the more obtuse arrangement of the anterior portion of the
jaw of Agassizodus. It may be naturally inferred that Agassizodus
and the Orodonts generally, like the living Cestracion, fed on
Molluses and other animals which were protected by, or encased
in hard shelly coverings, the arrangement of the flat crushing
teeth admirably adapting them to break or crush the hard substan-
ces in order to extract the animal. The size of the fossil Orodonts
may be inferred from a comparison with the existing species. The
Cestracion found off the the shores of Australia is two to three
feet in length and the jaws from three to five inches, the jaws of
Orodus ramosus were probably three feet in length, and this would
give the length of the fish at about thirty feet, a truly formidable
creature.
The modern Cestracian is possessed of two defensive spines,
]
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 53
one before each dorsal fin, but there is no evidence to shew
whether the fossil Orodonts had such spines; .the discoveries of
further examples may serve at some future time to shew whether
they had or not: so far as the evidence of the specimens found
in Yorkshire goes, it would seem to indicate that they were not so
defended.
Several species of the genus Lophodus have been found in
the upper beds of limestone in Wensleydale. The genus was
originated by M. Rowanowsky, in 1864 (‘ Bull. de la Soc. Imperi-
al des Naturalists de Moscow,” p. 160), and embraces the teeth
of fishes which are closely allied with Orodus but present several
features which had hitherto been considered to be characteristic
of Helodus. Lophodus comprises teeth in which the crown of the
tooth is more or less conical in outline with a corresponding con-
cavity of the base, whilst in the teeth of Helodus there is no such
concavity, and the crown, somewhat expanded laterally over the
base, rises up from all sides to the apex. The base of the crown
in Lophodus is contracted on each side and curved inwards to
the root.
The Cochliodontide are well represented in the Yorkshire lime-
stones, so far as number of genera goes, but the number of speci-
mens found have not been very great. The genera comprise
species in Cochliodus, Deltodus, Deltoptychius, Psephodus and
Peecilodus; they differ very considerably from each in many
minor peculiarities, but they agree in others of greater impor-
tance. The distinguishing characteristic of the group is, that the
teeth ‘grow or increase in size, not as in most fishes by the old
and worn teeth being replaced from behind or below, but by
continuous or repeated additions to the inner or posterior margin
of the surface of the tooth, so that the same tooth is always
increasing in size with the growth of the fish, and assumes an
inrolled or convoluted form. An analogue of this pecular growth
is seen in that of the testaceous covering of the mollusca, which
though it assumes a wonderful variety of forms, increases in size
54 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
by the addition of repeated layers to the open margin of the
shell.”* The genera Cochliodus, Deltodus and Deltoptychius
_ exhibit a distinctly inrolled appearance in a transverse section,
whilst Psephodus and Peoecilodus are flatter and increase in size by
the radial expansion of the triturating surface. Hitherto, the
complete dentition of any member of the group has not been
found, but specimens of several of the genera shew that there
were three teeth on each jaw; those in front which approached
and joined at the symphysis of the jaw were the smallest, and the
second and third pairs increased in size backwards. Those situat-
ed most posteriorly are expanded so as to form a wide, more or less
convex surface, admirably adapted for crushing and triturating
vegetable substances for food, which in all probability formed the
principal part of their sustenance. The teeth were attached and
partially imbedded in a strong cartilaginous jaw, which possibly
extend inwards as to form a palate to which other teeth may have
been attached. That teeth similar to those hitherto named Helo.
dus may have occupied the central portion of the palate, is
rendered probable by the discovery in some of the American
strata of specimens of Cochliodus and Helodus in close apparent
relationship, though the specimens found in this country have not
indicated such a combination.
As already stated, the teeth of Cochliodus have a distinctly
inrolled or helicine configuration whilst those of Psephodus are
much flatter and very slightly curved. The latter vary greatly
in size, as well as to a smaller extent, in form. The teeth of
Cochliodus have been found not only connected together but the
teeth of the two rami of the jaws united by their cartilaginous
supports; the teeth of the Psephodus, however, have not been
discovered so united, but their arrangement has been proved to
be similar to those of Cochliodus by the peculiarly concave under
surface. If one of the largest teeth be examined it will be found
that the widest posterior edge is rounded, whilst the opposite edge
* Proc. Roy. Soc, Dublin, New Ser. Vol. L, p. 415.
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 55
of the tooth is more or less straight and rectangular, correspond-
ing with this arrangement of the crown, the under surface, which
was attached to the jaw, is seen to be concave, the concavity
forming a channel or grove, widest at the rounded posterior
extremity of the tooth, and diminishing in diameter as it approaches
the straight edge. Median teeth may be selected which exhibit
a similiar decrease from the back towards the front of the tooth in
the channelled inferior surface whilst both margins are more or
less straight. The widest end is equal in diameter to the narrowest
of the previous tooth, and it diminishes forwards and is connected
with a third and still smaller tooth which occupies the space be-
tween the median and the sympysis of the two rami composing the
jaw. The inferior channel on the third tooth diminishes still more
in diameter, and near the symphysis is almost attenuated to a
point. In each tooth there is the characteristic convolution.
One or two specimens have been discovered with long, narrow
teeth attached in front of the teeth on each side the symphysis
more or less resembling those called Helodus ; it appears probable
that these were attached in front of the anterior pair of teeth,
which are small and narrow, in order to seize and secure their
prey with greater facility ; it is also possible that there may have
been other smaller teeth distributed over the median portion of
the palate.
The teeth of the other genera, Deltodus, Deltoptychius and
Peecilodus appear to have been arranged with modifications to suit
their several peculiarities in form, in approximately close relation-
ship with those already described. For the most part they had
three teeth increasing in size backwards, as indicated by the
channelled surface attached to the cartilaginous jaw, but it is
probable that the teeth of the upper jaw of Deltodus and Deltopty-
chius existed singly, in this respect approaching the arrangement
in the Jaws of Ceratodus. The teeth in both jaws of Peecilodus
may have been single. |
The Cochliodonts have been regarded by Prof. Owen and
56 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
others as based on the type of the modern Cestracion or Port
Jackson shark, differing from it, however, in possessing few and
large teeth in place of a greater number of small ones. Prof Agassiz
in the third volume of his Poisson’s Fossiles, p. 113, regards
Cochliodus as nearly related to Ceratodus; and considers that the
relationship proves that Ceratodus is a plagiostomous shark, both
being closely related to the genus Cestracion. Since Prof. Agassiz
penned his description, an existing representative of the Ceratodus
has been discovered in the mud-fish of Australia, whose dentition
is in every respect similar to the fossils described by Prof. Agassiz.
The relationship of the living fish is proved to be with the Ganoids,
and it is not improbable that the Cochliodonts of the Limestone
Formations may eventually be found to be much more closely
related to the Ceratodus than to the Cestracionts. The dentition
of Orodus and the American genus Agassizodus have been shewn
to be very closely related to the living Cestracion ; they were
co-existent with the Cochliodonts, and it is extremely improbable
that they were closely related ; in arrangement and adaptation for
feeding they are quite different from each other, the Cochliodonts
for vegetable feeding and the Cestracionts to prey on Mollusca, &c.
The teeth of the Pleurodus Ag. occur in the Limestone in
Wensleydale with considerable frequence. They are small, and in
all probability are a different species to those found in the coal
measures. Though this genus possessed a cartilaginous skeleton,
its remains have been discovered in the shales of the coal measures
at Newsham in Northumberland, and in those of the West Riding
of Yorkshire, so well preserved that the form of the fish could
be ascertained. It was four inches to a foot in length, having a
deeply rounded and flat body with a spine in front of the dorsal
fin immediately behind the occiput about one third the length of
the body, one half the length of the spine was probably buried in
the integuments of the fish. In the Newsham specimen the
position of the spine and the form of the fish are clearly indicated
by the expanse of chagrin or dermal tubercles which has remained
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 57
quietly in position; at the anterior extremity ten or twelve
teeth indicate the position of the head. Supposing the number
of teeth to have been twelve, there would be three to each ramus
of the jaw, which is the same number as in the Cochliodonts. The
teeth of Pleurodus are not unlike those of Poecilodus in form,
and surface configuration, and it is within the range of possibility
that there may be some relationship between the members of the
Cochliodont group and Pleurodus, though it may be advisable to
withhold a detailed expression of opinion until more extended
observations shall have been made.
The representative of the Psammodontide occurring in
Yorkshire are not numerous, and are small compared with those of
Bristol and Armagh. They possess the usual characteristics of
the group, and formed a flat pavement-like arrangement in the
mouth admirably adapted for crushing the hard coatings of tes-
taceous animals. Prof. de Koninck in his description of the Fossil
Fauna of Carboniferous Limestone of Belgium, has suggested that
the teeth were arranged so as to cover the whole of the palatal
surface of the mouth; the square massive teeth being joined at
their edges, and having on each side and in front smaller teeth, in
some cases somewhat triangular in outline, to fill up the rounded
conformation of the jaws.
Associated with the Psammodonts are smaller teeth, similar
to them in being flat on the surface, but dissimilar in other respects.
They were named by Prof. Agassiz, but not described, as Dimy-
leus Woodi, from specimens contributed by the late Mr. Wood of
Richmond in Yorkshire, to the Enniskillen collection. At Armagh
many other genera of fish-teeth have been found, which closely
approximate with those of Dimyleus found in Wensleydale. A
careful study of the whole group shows that they are distinct from
the Psammodont family. They have therefore been grouped to-
gether as a distiact family, Copodus being regarded as the typical
eenus, they are termed the Copodontide.
Perhaps the most remarkable group of fish-remains found in
58 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
the Yorkshire Limestone is comprised in the Petalodontide. The
group was instituted by Messrs. Newberry and Worthen (Geology
and Paleontology of Illinois, vol. ii, p. 31 ), and embraces several
genera of fishes known only by their teeth, and so far as at present
discovered, confined to the Carboniferous series. of rocks, The
genera which occur in this county are Petalodus, Agass; Petalop-
sodus, Davis; Polyrhizodus, McCoy; Ctenopetalus, Agass; and
Petalorhynchus, Agass.
The genus Petalodus is represented by the well-known species
Hastingsiz and acuminatus. The latter is fairly abundant and
frequently of large size, but otherwise the genus does not offer
any features of peculiar interest. Polyrhizodus is represented by
only one small and very rare species. This genus frequently
occurs in the Limestone of Ireland, and appears to be of sufficiently
diversified and well defined character to necessitate the formation
of at least six species. The teeth are in many respects similar to
those of Petalodus. The strong, well-developed crown with a
sharp cutting-edge is equally characteristic of the two genera; the
principal difference consists in the formation of the basal portion
which was inserted in the jaw of the fish; in Petalodus the base
is composed of a single massive root, whilst in Polyrhizodus, as
implied in the name, the root is divided into a number of radicals
or rootlets, varying in number from four or five, to sixteen or
twenty. This character of the root of Polyrhizodus is very pecu-
liar, and does not occur in any other group of fishes, either recent
or fossil, The teeth of most of the Plagiostomous fishes are
simply attached to the jaw by their under surface in a somewhat
loose manner, and as might be supposed, not being firmly implant-
edin the jaw, but only on it, they are easily displaced, To
compensate for this liability to loss, the fishes are provided with
several rows or series of teeth, which until required, are arranged
on the inner side of the jaw, their sharp edges pointing towards
' the palate. On the displacement or breakage of the teeth in
active use, they are replaced by others from the reserve; this
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 59
character obtains in all the Squali or sharks properly so called.
In other groups with a flat and crushing dental arrangement, the
old teeth are replaced by new ones which grow underneath them,
or like the Cochliodonts, the old portion becomes inrolled on the
jaw and a new surface is produced by additions to its lateral edges
as already explained. The Petalodonts were very differently at-
tached to the jaw; a strong and deeply-imbedded attachment to
the jaw gave them a solidity more analogous to some of the
Teleosteans, as for example, Sargus, or the higher vertebrates,
than to the sharks, and in this respect the genus Polyrhizodus is
more distinguished than its fellows by having the roots divided,
and by that means being still more firmly attached to the Jaw.
The genera Ctenopetalus, Ag., and Petalopsodus, Davis, are
distinguished, the first by its serrated or crenated cutting surface,
and the latter by having the coronal edge divided into three dis-
tinct and almost equal parts, each rising to a finely pointed apex.
The root is not divided. The remaining representative of the
group, the Petalorhynchus, Agassiz, is much the most abundant
and has been found in large numbers. It is also very fortunate
that several specimens have been discovered which throw consid-
erable light on the general dentition of the genus. It is now
known that the teeth were arranged in a semicircle conforming to
the shape of the jaw in which their long roots were deeply implant-
ed. The root in the older teeth is frequently four times the depth
of the height of the crown. The crown has the usual Petalodont
character, except that its central portion is produced and pointed,
and is slightly bent inwards so as to resemble the pointed beak of
a parrot. One central tooth was implanted on the symphysis of the
two rami of the jaw, and on each side there extended three‘others,
making a total of seven to each jaw. Specimens have also been
found shewing how the teeth are replaced by successive larger
growths, as the mouths of the fishes has increased in size. From
these it appears that originally there was a single row of small
teeth extending along the surface of each jaw, that, as these
60 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
become worn and the fish increased in size, they were replaced by
a set of larger teeth from the inside of the mouth, somewhat
similarly to the increase in the sharks, except that the earlier row
of teeth instead of becoming detached, adhered to the second or
new row, and becoming firmly cemented to them served to
strengthen and support them. In this way successive additions
were repeatedly made, each additional row by its increase in
laternal extent as well as in length being proportionate to the
increased growth of the jaw. Specimens have been found with
five such rows, all firmly cemented and adhering to each other.
The peculiar constitution of the jaw and teeth of Petalorhyn-
chus with the median teeth over the symphysis of the jaw is
aberrant from the usual type of the Selachians, and it has to this
extent some affinity with the Rays. Messrs. Hancock and Atthey
have pointed out the relationship of Climaxodus, McCoy, and
Janassa, Miinster, in a paper in the ‘* Natural History transactions
of Northumberland and Durham, vol. ii., pt. Il., p. 330.” The
arrangement of the teeth of those fishes is very similiar to that
of Petalorhynchus, they extend, however considerably more in a
horizontal direction, over the palate of the mouth, and in addition
to the sharp cutting-edge of the extremity of the tooth, the crown
was developed so as to form crushing or triturating surfaces.
The authors after a minute description of the specimens arrive at
the conclusion that Janassa, Miinster, approaches somewhat in
character to Myliobates of the newer formations, which have a
broad tooth occupying the median portion of the mouth with three
rows of smaller teeth on each side extending from the extremity of
the jaws inwards over the palate. Should this relationship be estab-
lished and confirmed by the discovery of intermediate species, an
interesting evolutional series may be traced from the Petalodonts
of the Lower Carboniferous Limestone, through Chinaxodus of the
upper beds of that series, the Janassa of the Permians, to the
Myliobates of the newer formations to the members of that genus
which still exist in the seas of the present time.
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 61
Before leaving the consideration of the relations of the
Petalodont family to other groups of fossil or living fishes, it may
be worth while to note the somewhat peculiar resemblance possess-
ed by some members of the genus Sargus, at present existing in
the warmer sub-tropical seas. Taking as an example Sargus
Rondeletti, Cuv. and Val., the teeth present an extremely inter
esting arrangement. Along the anterior extremity of each ramus
of the jaw there are four teeth, deeply rooted or implanted in the
strong bony framework of the jaw; the portion of the teeth
forming the root, and extending some distance beyond the surface
of the jaw, is broad antero-posteriorly and somewhat contracted
laterally ; nearer the apex, however, the tooth becomes laterally
expanded, spreading out into a spatulate concavo-convex crown,
terminating in a thin straight cutting edge, with highly polished
enamel surface and very sharp. The largest teeth are on each
side the symphysis of the two rami, and occupy the central portion
of the jaw, those on each side decreasing in size backwards, the
posterior teeth being less than half the length or breadth of those
in front but still preserving the same characters. The resemblance
to the Petalodonts is probably merely an accidental one. They
differ in the arrangement of the median teeth which are separated
by the simphysis of the jaw, and do not extend across it as the
Petalodonts do. Sargus lives in the waters on the coast of
Madagascar, and its spatulate teeth are admirably adapted for
seizing molluses like the limpet which adhere strongly to the rock
or other substance on which they exist. The resemblance may at
least indicate a parallel in the food of the two genera.
Pristodus falcatus, Agassiz, occurs frequently in the upper beds
of the limestone series of Yorkshire. A single tooth appears to
have enveloped the whole of the upper or lower jaw to which it
was attached, and extended along the palate and floor of the
mouth inwards, so that the two teeth fit each other. The exter-
nal edge envelopes the jaws, that of the upper jaw being extended
downwards so as to considerably overlap the lower one. The
62 DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS.
extended edge forms a cutting surface which is toothed like a saw
with the largest denticles in front and gradually diminishing in
size backwards. The tooth of the lower jaw is devoid of
denticles ; it is raised in the centre of the external edge in the
form of a single point, which fits a corresponding hollow inside
the margin of the upper tooth. The pair of teeth present a
resemblance to the beaks of a parrot, in the manner in which they
fit to each other.
Amongst the fishes of the primary or secondary rocks there
is no other genus known which approaches in form and character
to Pristodus. Amongst living fishes the Diodonts offer a some-
what close resemblance to it. Diodon is an inhabitant of tropical
seas ; the fishes are sometimes called “sea hedgehogs,” they are
covered with a thick skin without scales, over which are distribut-
ed a large number of spines. They have the power of inflating
the body, and assuming a globular form their spines become
extended, like those of ahedgehog. Their jaws consist of a single
undivided plate, and are admirably adapted for breaking off
branches of corals, from which they principally obtain their food.
Fossil remains of Diodon have been found in the tertiary lime-
stones of Monte Bolca. The Pristodus of the Carboniferous
Limestone agrees with the recent Gymnodont Diodon in its
dentition, but there in all probability the resemblance ended.
The recent fish has a bony skeleton and is covered with bony
spines, the fossil was apparently cartilaginous, and no spines have
been found which at all resemble those of Diodon. It is very
likely that the similarity of the dentition may indicate a similarity
of diet, the remains of coral are abundant in the limestone.
In addition to the genera of fossil fish-remains already men-
tioned and which have been previously described, there are others
which have not received the same attention, but these in all
probability may be included in one or other groups, already
indicated. The peculiar spines, Cladacanthus and Physonemus,
DAVIS: FOSSIL FISH REMAINS. 63
occur sparingly in the Limestone of Wensleydale. The relation-
ship of these peculiar ichthyodoralites is little understood.
In conclusion—it may be drawn from previous observations,
that the fishes occurring most frequently in the thick-bedded
lower limestone of other parts of the British Islands are absent or
only represented by dwarfed specimens. The great spines of
Ctenacanthus and Oracanthus are not present. The great teeth of
Orodus, most of the genera of the Cochliodonts, the large palates
of Psammodus, and the teeth of the Petalodonts, have in each
case become dwarfed and comparatively insignificant. They pre-
sent the appearance of groups which have previously reached the
climax of their existence and were gradually succumbing to a
more or less unfavourable environment—with the advent of the
coal measures they have almost entirely disappeared.
a a
ON THE LEAD VEINS IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SKIPTON.
BY J.) HAY EDDY, 2.G.8.
BEFORE directing attention especially to the subject of my paper, it
is due to the Members to explain that it was first proposed that
the Lead Veins in the Grit-beds of Craven should be considered,
but ultimately the veins described by the present title were
preferred. This change practically leaves me a somewhat barren
subject, because the Cononley Lead Mine has been entirely
abandoned for several years in the eastern part, and almost so in
the western, and it is the only place near Skipton, where the regu-
lar working of a vein has been carried on.
A paper on the larger and much more interesting Mining field
in Wharfedale may prove welcome on some future occasion when
you may be inclined to extend your excursions to that district.
The main vein is part of a large “ fault,” the throw of which
has never been truly ascertained by the miner, partly because the
sides have been rarely seen, and further on account of the disturbed
64 EDDY: LEAD VEINS.
state of the strata where the walls of the vein have been proved. It is
the most southern of all the lead producing districts of our county,
removed some ten miles from the nearest mine, properly so
called, and fourteen miles from those producing lead ore in the
Grit-stone beds. These veins also proved the rare, perhaps the
only exception in the investigations made by Mr. C. Moore, of
Bath, which seems to establish the “existence of organic remains
in the earthy matrix of mineral veins in the carboniferous rocks.”
Again, the rain vein is the only one amongst the grit produc-
ing mines of Craven which has yielded lead ore in quantities
commerciaily valuable, whilst traversing highly disturbed strata,
and with accompanying masses of shale in the vein itself: the veins
in the other mines requiring the beds to be comparatively regular
to prove productive, and then as a rule becoming small and poor
on the approach of the shale either as a ‘‘cheek” of the vein, or
thrown in as a leader, or accompaniment of the vein.
The Cononley mines were worked very many years ago, cer-
tainly before the introduction of gunpowder into this district, but
only to a shallow depth, except in one place. The workers were
stopped in their progress by the combined drawbacks of too much
water and too little lead ore. In one place however, on the crown
of the hill, eastward, and near to Mason’s shaft, they got down to
the depth of our Upper Adit Level, or 24 fathoms from the
surface at that point. Here the vein was poor.
Some time subsequent to 1830, Messrs. Hall, of Newcastle,
began the deep adit level crosscut from a point in Nethergill, to
the west of the village of Cononley, about 525 feet above the level
of the sea, with the view of intersecting and draining the main
vein at that depth. After driving through several faults and
much disturbed ground for a distance of 90 fathoms, these gentle-
men gave up the trial and the crosscut was continued on behalf of
His Grace the late Duke of Devonshire. The vein was met with
after a total drivage of 205 fathoms.
I will briefly state the principal levels and shafts in the mine
EDDY: LEAD VEINS 65
before speaking of the nature of the vein itself. The deep adit
driven east nearly to, and west to the ends of the mine: the middle
level, 10 fathoms higher, originally driven from a rise eastwards
and extended to near the east end, and westward beyond Taylor’s
shaft; the upper adit, 10 fathoms higher still, extending from
the surface eastward the whole distance; and Briggs level, a
superficial adit, begun at the surface east of the engine shaft and
continued to the east end of the mine. Below the deep adit, the
15 fathom level was driven some distance east and west to a distance
beyond Taylor’s shaft, the 25 a short distance east and west of
Engine shaft crosscut, and the 45 fathom level which extended but
little from this crosscut. There is also an old adit crosscut driven
from the south-west side of the hill in the Glusburn ground, with two
small shafts upon it, but this does not communicate with the mine
proper. The principal shafts are Taylor’s, at the end of the main
crosseut sunk to the deep adit level, eastward from this the engine
shaft to the 45 fathom level below the deep adit; and Garforth’s
and Mason’s shafts both sunk to the deep adit only. In this
part of the mine an “inclined plane,” or shaft, was extended
from the surface to the deep adit eastward. Westward of the main
crosscut are Remfry’s shaft to the deep adit, and Good Hope shaft,
which has of late years been sunk to a level about 10 fathoms below
the deep adit.
At this, the western part of the mine, exists the only chance I
know of at present for any further development of the Cononley
Main Vein.
The principal crosscuts which have practically proved the
worthlessness of the side veins north and south of the main fault
vein are, eastwards, the old Glusburn adit crosscut, Brigg’s crosscut,
the middle level north and south, and the upper adit south ; in the
centre of the works the upper adit north, middie level south, deep
adit north, and the 15, 25, and 45 fathoms crosscut south. In the
west end, the deep adit south, and one north (not,shown on plan).
Besides these works there have been drivages at the upper
66 EDDY: LEAD VEINS.
adit, middle level, and deep adit in the south vein which returned
some ore under very different conditions to those observed in the
main vein; and also an adit level driven and «a shaft sunk into the
Gib Hill, on a vein which never produced any ore ; through this
level and shaft—at a later date—the smoke from the smelting
mill was conveyed for the purpose of facilitating a further con-
densation of the fumes.
The main vein has a general direction of 32° W. of N. Mag.
varying from 45° W. of N. in the ore-bearing part of the lode
to 27° W. of N. in the poor ends of the mine. The “ underlie ”
or “hade” south-west in the latter is 20° from the vertical, and
in the former about 10°. In depth, this vein should receive the south
vein, which with a hade of 6° from the vertical to the north-east
might have been expected to be a valuable feeder of the old vein,
but both failing in depth this junction downwards has not been
experienced.
Between the deep and the upper adits, the main vein varied in
width from a mere joint to 5 or 6 feet; and in the bearing-length
above the latter it increased in some parts to 20 feet wide or more,
yielding ore in one place close to the surface clay.
Below the adit the good part of the vein produced lead ore to
a depth of 8 fathoms, and a little to the 15 fathoms level under the
adit, but practically the vein failed at the depth of 15 fathoms, or
a total depth from the surface at the engine shaft of 50 fathoms.
As will be seen from the plan the main vein was regularly
productive for a comparatively short length of ground, the whole
of the lode driven on east and west proving unremunerative,
though not entirely barren. |
In the productive channel of ground bounded by the main and
south veins were several strings or smaller vein-branches, which
leaving the old vein on its south side, robbed it, but not having
strength to carry on to the south vein failed to enrich that lode
east of the crosseut south of Garforth’s shaft.*
* N.B.—On account of small scale of plau these strings and several other
works are omitted.
Cononley Lead Mines
nr Skipton.
eae ae as Uvere AS.
a
by
—- UA. Crosseut.
SI DA. Grosseut.
REFERENCE.
Bo 2 Briggs Level
YY —_.. Upper Adit ___ Do
M. Middle ____ Do.
D. —— DepAdit Dé.
15, 15 fathonis Do.
20. 45 Do __ Da
FD. F5 Do. _. bo.
=== = Vein producing lead Ore.
Games Yo. xvicher in
» ”
r
Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc, N.S., Vol. VITI., Pl. IL
x Longitudinal Section on Man veins
S
q
Cononley Lead Mines,
nr Skipton.
Scaces.
Pan ___ 120 fathoms to linen.
Sections 120, » 1, (Merizontal.)
Do 50) 5 » 4» (Vertical)
52. sso
AMeg 00 Sen eUithe Leeder
25tn.
| 45 lin. Level.
REFERENCE.
B Briggs Level
UO. —.. Opper Adit __ Da.
MM. Middle —____Do.
D. —— Dep Adit —_ Do.
15. 4% fathoms ___ Do.
25. 25 Do. Da
45, 45 Do —— bo.
MDS Yan prducing lead Ore.
Gam Yo. richer ii
. ”
is
%,
egy,
EDDY: LEAD VEINS. 67
The main vein above the upper adit widened out, and for a
very short length on the north-west and near to Garforth’s shaft
was worked open to the surface.
The matrix of the vein being principally sulphate of barytes
(heavy spar), and the substance of the wide part of the vein being
intersected by ‘‘slants” or clay joints, the ‘stopping,’ or removing
of this ground entailed considerable danger to the miners. In one
part of the ground over the top level the vein-stuff was practically
stratified, the matrix coming away in beds of one to three feet in
thickness.
Besides the sulphate a lesser quantity of carbonate of barytes
or ‘witherite” has been obtained. These with ochreous-marl,
some calcite and much black clay have been the principal contents
of this lode.
It is probably due to the large deposit of sulphate of barytes
in the upper portion of this vein, that the water percolating through
the mass of vein-stuff is so charged with sulphuric acid as to dissolve
the good iron out of the tram rails, leaving the cinder in thin
parallel plates as a tribute to the ability of the iron-master to
manipulate other than good iron.
Jt is apparent that the main portion of the deposit of ore in
this vein crops to the surface in the east-central part of the ground
near Garforth’s shaft, and dipping to the north-west is probably
cut off by the “ fault ” known to range westwards, with the north
side down.
The remainder of the deposit has been denuded and removed
from the eastern and more elevated part of the ground, and I see
no good reason for expecting that at any future time lead ore will
be discovered in quantity further to the south-east.
The ore yielded by this vein was almost entirely the sulphide
of lead, (or galena,) principally disseminated amongst the matrix of
the vein throughout the width of the lode, and not often in solid
masses. Being mixed with heavy barytes and some iron pyrites,
the separation of the ore from the impurities was difficult, and its
68 EDDY: LEAD VEINS.
physical nature when prepared for the furnace made it most refrac-
tory in the smelting, very much more so than is usual in ores
raised from mines in the same class of rocks.
The south vein—contrary to the characteristics of the main—
had very little ‘‘throw,” and regular cheeks or sides. It showed
a north-east “underlie” of about 6°, and in the bearing part of
the lode was of a width varying from a few inches to a foot. Its
bearing is about 40° W. of N. Mag., bearing towards the main vein
going westwards.
The junction, however, has not been seen in this direction,
probably on account of the intervention of the “fault” before
alluded to. This ‘‘fault” has not been recognised in the mine, for it is
difficult and often impossible to see in the size of a level anything
further than what appears a “ backing” in the rock, whenever the
“ fault” is a mere joint.
The ore in the south vein was of a different nature to that
from the main lode, being generally found loose in the vein, with
little matrix, and that generally of friable carbonate of lime, with
loose, dry, earthy mineral. In quality this ore was superior to —
that from the main vein, but unfortunately it fell far short in
quantity.
The ore bearing zone was limited to a distance of about 18
fathoms, extending from the deep to a little higher than the
upper adit, while in length the productive ground was still less
than in the main vein.
Tn driving the middle level near Mason’s shaft, the lowest
part of the earliest works were met with, and in Brigg’s level, east of
Garforth’s; a long length of oid workings and a short crosscut were
opened into. Here our predecessor had cut his ground with picks
only, and every shift or day’s-work could be accurately told by obser-
vation of the side of the level. Only in one place was a bore hole
to be seen, and this was probably of a later date. The vein was
filled with solid sulphate of barytes, but so hard that the modern
EDDY: LEAD VEINS. 69
miner had difficulty in even boring the ground. Probably the
barytes had become somewhat harder by exposure to the air.
Tn the west end of the mine approaching Carleton Moor a trial
has been in progress to trace the vein through the lower members
of the Kinder-Scout grit into the limestone shales of the Carleton
anticlinal. This has been a difficult matter, owing to the cross
veins and the weakness of the right running veins. (Further trials
in the western ground have shown considerable disturbance of the
strata from the intersection of several ‘ fault veins” in close con-
junction, but though the mine has been closed I think the appear-
ance of the vein just east of the disturbance justifies the hope that
it would prove a productive one if it were explored west of the
intersections, and in the settled beds which are known to exist
there).
The total quantity of ore produced from the two veins is
about 15,000 tons. The upper part of the old vein produced some
carbonate of lead but not in quantity.
The only other places near, where any ore has been produced
from the Kinder-Scout grit is at Cowling, about 1} miles west of
Cononley, where a trial was made and about 34 tons of ore raised.
Trials were also made in the grit on Bradley Moor, and on
Carleton Moor, but without success.
In the limestone of the district there are north and south veins
rnnning across theaxis of the Carleton Park-head and also of the
Skipton Haw-Bank Quarries. From the former place, about 15
tons have been obtained, and from the latter, about 13 tons. These
veins are very uncertain but carry ore of good quality in self lumps
in the clay of the lode.
70
ON THE DISCOVERY OF FLINT IMPLEMENTS ON THE HILLS
BETWEEN TODMORDEN AND MARSDEN. BY ROBERT LAW
AND JAMES HORSFALL.
INCITED by the discoveries of Mr. J. W. Davis, Mr. John
Aitken and others, a series of investigations were commenced by
the writers in the Spring of 1879, to ascertain the distribution and
mode of occurrence of Neolithic flints. The work has been carried
on more or less successfully for three years. The places visited
are the highest summits and most prominent hills in those parts of
the Penine Range which lie within a radius of about twelve miles
of Rochdale. The first locality visited was Dean Clough, a small
upland stream about a mile north-east of Junction-in-Saddle-
worth, where one hundred and fifty flints were found; these
consisted of chippings, flakes, one or two small cores and a beauti-
fully worked barbed arrow tip. The flints were exposed on
several small patches of dark stoney loam, the supericumbent
peat, probably from ten to fourteen inches in thickness, having been
removed by fire. Subsequent visits to this locality have resulted
in the discovery of other flints, one of the most interesting being,
an elegantly fashioned and most delicately chipped leaf-shaped
arrow head, the point of which was long, sharp, and tapering (pl.
III, fig. 2). It was found on the left bank of a small stream, about
half a mile to the north of Dean Clough. This arrow head, when
first seen, was sticking out from beneath peat about seven feet
thick.
A little to the north of this stream a patch of bare ground was
met with, about half an acre in extent, which after a careful search,
yielded about 20 flint chippings and flakes, one of the latter had
the appearance of having been ground to a sharp edge.
Flints appear to be so abundantly scattered on this elevated
moorland, that in nearly every case where an opportunity was
offered for an examination of the subsoil, one or more could
be found. The most striking example was met with on
March Hill, a conical eminence overlooking the Vale of Marsden.
LAW AND HORSFALL: FLINT IMPLEMENTS. aa
This hill is completely isolated from the surrounding moors, and
although of comparatively small dimensious more than two thou-
sand flints were found on a few small patches of bare ground, on
its southern side. The flints varied in size from chippings not
larger than a pin’s head to flakes two inches long. Several small
flint cores and one leaf-shaped arrow tip with a broken point were
also picked up. Indeed the number of small chips and flakes was so
ereat, as to lead to the conclusion, that flint implements were
manufactured there during ‘pre-historic times.” It may be wor-
thy of note, that while flints occurred in great abundance on the
south side of the hill; the side facing the north, although there
was much bare ground, only yielded ten pieces.
After every flint that could be seen on this hill had been
picked up in the summer of 1880, we found on revisiting the place
the following year, that another crop, as it were, had sprung up,
for the bare ground on the south side of the hill was again strewn
with flints. This occurrence might, at first, have thrown a little
doubt on their antiquity, had we not removed a thin layer of soil,
and found flints at a still lower level, and in this way convinced
ourselves that they must have been laid bare by the denuding action
of atmospheric agencies. Several small pieces of red ruddle (per-
oxide of iron) were. found, which may have been used by the
ancient men by whom the flints were worked.
After carefully examining the naturally bared surface, we
dug at several places and exposed the following section :—
1. Peat, from ten to sixteen inches thick.
2. Dark Peaty-clay, from two to six inches thick.
3. Dark-grey Sand, with angular pieces of sandstone, all local, six inches
thick. Flints occurred abunantly in this layer.
4, Red Ochreous sand, about twelve inches thick, resting on Yoredale shale.
It will be seen by the above section, that the true position of
the flints was the dark-grey sand, No. 3, in which they occurred at
all levels; it yielded from twelve to a hundred and twenty flints
per square yard. Although the other layers were examined with
equal care, not a particle of flint was found.
be |
i)
LAW AND HORSFALL: FLINT IMPLEMENTS.
At this place a quartzite pebble was dug up, about two and a
half inches in length, and an inch in breadth, which showed at each
end distinct signs of having been used as a hammerstone. It was
found in the grey-sand, beneath the thickest part of undisturbed
peat.
Another quartzite pebble has lately been found on the moor,
about half a mile south-west of March Hill, by Dr. March, of
Rochdale, it is two and five-eights of an inch in length, and one anda
half an inch in width, is thin and oval in form and has been bored
through the centre, the operation having commenced from both
sides of the pebble. It would appear from the position m which
this bored pebble was found, that it was at one time under peat
about three feet in thickness. (PI. III, fig. 1).
About two miles east of March Hill, the most striking and
prominent feature in the neighbourhood is Pule Hill. On its
southern extremity, which is the most elevated part, about a dozen
flint flakes were discovered; one of the most remarkable is about
two.inches in length and three eights of an inch in breadth; it is
beautifully fashioned and may have been used as a_ knife.
Near the foot of the hill a small patch of subsoil was examined
and yielded upwards of two hundred fragments of flint and chert.
They consisted of flakes, chips and cores, one of the former
showed signs of having been delicately chipped along one side, in
order to form a serrated cutting edge. It is two and a quarter
inches in length, and one inch in its broadest part. (PI. III, fig. 2).
At this place chert was more abundant than flint. Still further
eastwards a few flints were obtained from Butter Hill and Waster
Knab, they were all flakes, and only one showed distinct traces of
secondary chipping.
While examining this part of the Penine Range, a sharp look-
out was also kept for stones foreign to the district, which might
indicate the presence of glacial debris, but not a fragment was met
with, |
Attention was next directed to an elevated and prominent ridge
os)
LAW AND HORSFALL: FLINT IMPLEMENTS, 7
of moorland which lies about four miles west of Rochdale, and
thence trends north-west to the neighbourhood of Burnley. On
several points of this ridge flints have been discovered, the most
interesting discovery however, was made on Middle Hill, near
Whitworth. The opportunities for investigation on this hill were
most favourable, owing toa considerable portion of its peaty covering’
having been burnt off some ten or eleven years ago. Since that
time atmospheric agents have lowered the loamy subsoil at least an
inch, as is proved by little earth-pillars capped with stones, seen
here and there on its western flank. On the southern portion of
the hill flint chippingss, flakes, small cores and worked fragments,
were so alfttndantly scattered over the bare ground that no less
than three hundred and fifty have been gathered.
This contrasts strongly with the northern portion of the hill
which, after a diligent search only yielded five flints. Many of
the flints found at this place showed the bulb of concussion, others
by secondary chippings have been fashioned into implements and
weapons; of the former about twelve may be mentioned which
have been worked into a circular form by chipping round the edges.
They vary in size from half an inch to one anda half inch. Of the
latter class, a perfect arrow head of the barbed type, delicately
chipped on both faces, and a well formed javelin’s head or knife
have been found. The last named is about two and a half inches
in length and three quarters in breadth, and has every appearance
of having been much used.
About three per cent of the flints found on this hill appear to
show the action of fire, their surfaces being traversed by small
cracks bisecting each other at different angles. This leads to
the inference that originally the flints were at different levels and
are not all exactly of one age. Thus while those on the surface
soil would be heated when it was burnt off, others buried in the
underlying clay would be protected from such heat. At one or
two places on the hill flints were seen sticking out of the loamy
clay, while in other cases they were found capping: little earth-
74 LAW AND HORSFALL: FLINT IMPLEMENTS.
pillars, thus indicating the position they occupied before the ground
was bared.
The original covering of this hill consisted of a dry sandy
loam, about eight or ten inches thick, which supported the growth
of bent, a peculiar grass, rich in silica. This is proved by the
occurrence at several points on the bare ground of small patches
of soil which escaped the action of the fire referred to above. It
will thus be seen, that the conditions for the formation of vegetable
matter have been so unfavourable at this place, owing to the dry-
ness of the ground, as to make it probable that the flints found
there, though under so thin a soil, are quite as ancient as those occurr-
ing at much greater depths, in localities more favourable for the
crowth of peat. To the south, south-west and north of this hill,
other prominent hills are located on which many fragments of
flint have been found, among these, Knowl Hill and Bull Hill may
be mentioned as being the most important on account of their
having yielded implements undoubtedly worked by human hands.
A rather rude form of arrowhead with broken point, a flint
core and a few chips have been found at Knowl Hill, while from
Bull Hill we have obtained an arrow head with one of its barbs
broken, one or two delicately worked bits of flmt, and a few chips
and flakes. On Bull Hill the flints appear to have been covered at
one time with peat, varying from one to six feet in thickness.
From a ridge of high ground known as Midgley Moor about
two miles north of Mytholmroyd, several flints have been obtained,
among which a small leaf-shaped arrow head, a circular thumb-
flint and two worked flakes, may be mentioned. The subsoil on
which they were found, in almost every instance, has been laid bare
by fires occurring from time to time.
In conclusion, it may not be out of place to call attention to
one or two points in relation to the flints we have already dis-
covered.
Firstly, the well-formed barbed arrow-heads and other well-
worked flints were so associated with those showing little or no
LAW AND HORSFALL: FLINT IMPLEMENTS. 79
design, such as chips and flakes, to leave no doubt whatever on
our minds that they all had a common origin and must have been
fabricated by pre-historic man.
Secondly, in all cases the flint flakes and cores were of com-
paratively small size, which may be accounted for, on the supposi-
tion that this material was a scarce commodity among the ancient
tribes who inhabited these hilly districts. This will seem all the
more probable if we take into consideration the only two possible
sources from which the flints could have been derived, viz., the
Glacial Drift and far off Chalk districts. «
Thirdly, so far as our investigations have yet gone, we have
failed to detect any trace of polished stone celts, and in only two
doubtful instances have ground or polished flints been
observed. Had these ancient Britons been in the habit of using
polished stone hatchets, it is not unreasonable to suppose that
some fragments of them would have been left behind, especially at
places where implements appear to have been made.
Lastly, two hills have been pointed out on which flints occurred
more abundantly on the southern than the northern slopes, and
this is true of almost all the elevated places where we have yet
been able to detect flints. This may be explained by supposing the
ancient men selected the more sunny and warmer side of a hill for
carrying on the work of fashioning their tools and weapons.
The following table shows the approximate number of worked
and unworked flints, and the places where they have been found.
PLACES WHERE FOUND. ane poe NOS
FOUND. WORKED. WORKED.
Dean Clough, Saddleworth ... a es ae 300 8 292
Moor, North of Dean Clough ee re si 20 2 18
March Hill, near Marsden ia Ps fe» 2000 30 2270
Moor, South of March Hill, near Mag Hen ies 30 1 29
Pule Hill, near Marsden ... a ve ees 12 i 11
Foot of Pule Hill, near Marsden ... as Hee 200 2 198
Butter Hill, near Marsden ... aoe oui Sas 10 1 i)
Waster Knab, near Marsden iat ne oe 6 1 5
76 LAW AND HORSFALL: FLINT IMPLEMENTS.
NO. No. NO. UN-
PLACES WHERE FOUND. :
FOUND. WORKED.WORKED.,
Haugh Hey, near New Hey “sf oe ae 4 0 4
Robin Hood’s Bed, near Bie eionedes ae ae 10 1 y)
Monshead Hill, near Ripponden ... seh are 6 0 6
Studley Pike, near Todmorden ae 2 0 2
Basin Stone, Walsden, near Todmorden .. : 2 2 0
Ramsden Clough, Walsden, near Todmorden... if 1 0)
Foot of Ramsden Hill, Walsden, near Todmorden 1 1 0
Trough Edge, Walsden, near Todmorden aes 10 0 10
Hey Head, near Todmorden hs ee iss 1 0 1
Hades Hill, near Wardle ... oe nae Oe 2 0 2
Middle Hill, near Whitworth xh ale ae 350 15 335
Brown Wardle Hill, near WRitworth Ane se 5 1 4
Rush Hill, Healey, Rochdale atte oe oe 2 1 2
Knowl Hill, near Rochdale... Wee ak are 40 3 Ye
Bull Hill, near Ramsbottom ; ae oe 2 6
Whittle Pike, near Ramsbottom ... ae ae 1 0 1
Todmorden Moor ... oe 1 1 0
Wadsworth Cock Hill, near TEonaee Biaee Sane 9 3 6
Midgley Crow Hill, near Hebden Bridge 8 1 ff
Cant Clough, near Burnley... one 1 1 )
Cold Edge, near Sowerby Bridge ... “at 8 0 8
Rooley Moor, near Facit... ae ees Ps 3 0 3
Brock-holes, Walsden 4 ih 3
Crow Knowl Hill, near Shaw ae ne 4 0 4
Turnshaw Hill, near Rochdale ie, a A 50 0) 50
Hunger Hill, near Rochdale pe ane ae 12 3 9
TotaL 3824 83 3741
We are indebted to Mr. John Evans, F.R.S. for kindly exam-
ining a number of our flmt implements. He concurs with our
opinion that they are pre-historic, but whether they belong to the
Neolithic or Bronze age there is not yet sufficient evidence to
determine. He makes a special allusion to some very small but
delicately chipped flints, many of which have been found on March
Hill, and informs us they are the smallest flint implements that, to
his knowledge, have ever been found in this country; we are
moreover told that a similar type of implements has lately been
found in Egypt, Mr. Evans believes they may have been used as
‘carving tools.” (Pl. III, figs. 15, 16, 17).
Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., N.S. Vol. VITI., Pl. ITT.
STONE AND FLINT IMPLEMENTS FOUND ON MOORS,
NEAR TODMORDEN. Bip era ter trevet,
YORKSHIRE FOSSIL MOLLUSCA. BY WILLIAM CASH.
THE organisms which in past ages inhabited salt or fresh
water, are as one might expect, those which are preserved in the
greatest numbers and in the best condition in the sedimentary
rocks. The factors which appear to have favoured the preserva-
tion of marine and fluviatile animals as fossils, in quantity and
variety, are :—
1. The hardness of the protective coverings or tests.
2. Their facility for undergoing mineralisation.
3. The quantitative development of genera, species, and
individuals.
4. The variety of surrounding conditions, as to depth,
horizontal distribution, &c., &c.
5. The early appearance on the earth, and continued per-
sistence of forms during each successive geological
epoch.
No sub-kingdom seems to have fulfilled these conditions
better than the Mollusca, the hardness of their shells fitted them
to resist a considerable amount of abrasion, and to defy the action
of many tendencies to decay ; their chemical composition (chiefly
carbonate of lime) lent itself readily to changes in mineralisation ;
they abounded in the seas and lakes of the various geologiwal
periods, both in genera, in species, and in individuals, they flourished
under the most varied climatal conditions, and were found at
all depths; they appeared early on the theatre of the life history
of the globe, and have held their own as a class to the present
time. No wonder that they afford to the Geologist precious and
most useful data for a philosophical interpretation of the world’s
early history.
Fossil Mollusca are well represented in the county of York,
perhaps no equal area of land can be found to surpass Yorkshire
in the variety and interest of its Geological strata, extending
from the Silurian rocks in the north west of the county, through
73 CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA.
the Carboniferous area, and the wide vales of the Permian and Trias
to the wonderful development of Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks
on the east coat, with patches here and there of Post Tertiary
beds,—and Fossil shells are to be found in most of these forma-
tions, in many instances in immense profusion; their value is
greatly enhanced to the field geologist when they are found to
be characteristic of particular strata and beds, this is found
often to be the case, and this most notably in the so-called
Ammonite Zones in the Lias, where the presence of one single
Ammonite may be sufficient to indicate the exact stratigraphical
position of a Geological stratum.
The following genera of fossil shells have been recorded for
the county of York in Tate and Blake’s Yorkshire Lias ;
Phillip’s Geology of the Yorkshire Coast; Phillip’s Geology of the
Mountain Limestone District ; Davis and Lee’s West Yorkshire ;
the volumes of the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, &c.
No doubt some of these genera will be found on a careful
study of specimens to be merely synonyms, others as the
Ammonites, the Goniatites, some of the Lamellibranchs will require
to be split up, at least into sub-genera.
GENERA OF YORKSHIRE FOSSIL CEPHALOPODA.
Teuthopsis oe See Jurassic
Beloteuthis He Phe a
Geoteuthis ee Be fe
Belemnites aa ee .
Belemnitella 5 s 5
Ammonites
Amaltheus
Lytoceras
Phylloceras
Harpoceras
Stephanoceras
(igoceras
Arietites
Cosmoceras,&c, |
Scaphites 500 es Cretaceous
Hamites at a i
Jurassic and Cretaceous.
-———————~-—_—-—
Ancyloceras
Crioceras
Helicoceras
Orthoceras
Actinoceras
Cyrtoceras
Phrag-moceras
Nautilus
Lituites
Trochoceras
Goniatites
Poterioceras
CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA. oe)
Cretaceous.
99
by)
Silurian, Carboniferous
Carboniferous
Silurian
Carboniferous
Carboniferous, Permian, Jurassic
and Cretaceous
Silurian
Silurian
Carboniferous
9)
YORKSHIRE FOSSIL GASTEROPOWDA (GENERA).
Bellerophon
Porcellia
Murex ..
Trophon
Fusus...
Pleurotoma
Buccinum
Purpura
Purpuroidea
Columbella
Natica...
Scalaria
Nerinea
Avellana
Acteeonina
Cylindrites
Chemnitzia
Loxonema
Macrocheilus
Kulima
Solarium
Discohelix
Phanerotinus
JIFTUS we.
Huomphalus
Platyschisma
Pleurotomaria
Murchisonia
Silurian, Carboniferous
Carboniferous
Jurassic
Pleistocene
Pleistocene
Pleistocene
Carboniferous, (?) Pleistocene
Pleistocene
Jurassic
Pleistocene
Carboniferous, Permian, Jurassic,
and Pleistocene
Pleistocene
Jurassic
Cretaceous
Jurassic
Jurassic
Permian. Jurassic
Carboniferous
99
Jurassic
Cretaceous
Jurassic
Carboniferous
55 Jurassic (?)
99 99
Carboniferous
“4 Jurassic, Cretaceous
Silurian, Carboniferous
80
Straparollus
Trochotoma
Alaria
Admete
Rostellaria
Hydrobia
Trichotropis
Cerithium
Melania (?)
Littorina
Amberieya
Rissoa
Bithynia
Valvata
Holopella
Turritella
Nerita...
Neritopsis
Pileopsis
Acroculia
Capulus (?)
Phasianella
Pitonellus
Munbow:
Crypteena
EKucyclus
Monodonta
Delphinula
Trochus
Emarginula
Lepeta
Puncturella (=
Patella
Dentalium
Chiton
Metoptoma
Acteeon
Bulla (?)
Planorbis
CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA.
Cemoria) ...
Permian
Jurassic
319,
Pleistocene
Cretaceous
Jurassic
Pleistocene
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Cretaceous
Carboniferous
Jurassic, Pleistocene
Jurassic
Permian, Jurassic
Pleistocene
39
Silurian
Carboniferous, Permian, Jurassic,
Cretaceous, Pleistocene
Jurassic
99
Carboniferous
99
2?
Jurassic
?
Silurian, Carboniferous, Permian,
and Jurassic
Jurassic
99
39
Cretaceous
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Uretaceous and Pleistocene
Cretaceous
Pleistocene
ry
Carboniferous, Jurassic
53 Permian, Jurassic,
Cretaceous, Pleistocene
Permian |
Carboniferous
Jurassic
39
Pleistocene
CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA. 81
Limnea
Succinea
Limax cae
Bulimus
Zonites ( = Helicella)
Helix ...
Cochlicopa (= 7, a
Clausilia
Achatina
ups...
Vertigo
Carychium
ENCMO <.. via
Pleistocene
GENERA oF YORKSHIRE FOSSIL LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Pholas... ats
Teredo
Gastrochcena
Saxicava
Solemya
Mya ...
Corbula
Anatina
Pleuromya
Arcomya sen
Ceromya
Thracia Ane
Pholadomya ‘
Cardiomorpha ...
Goniomya aie
Myacites hic
Homomya
Panopcea ove
Gresslya “ise
Mactra sins
Lutraria ane
Sanguinolaria ..,
Sanguinolites (7)
Tellina ee
Donax eae
Scrobicularia
Venus
Cytherea
Jurassic, Cretaceous, Pleistocene
Cretaceous
Jurassic
Pleistocene
Jurassic
Cretaceous, Pleistocene
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Cretaceous, Pleistocene
Jurassic
» Cretaceous, Pleistocene
93 9
Carboniferous, Permian
Jurassic
Carboniferous, Jurassic
Jurassic
» Cretaceous
Jurassic
Jurassic (?) Pleistocene
Carboniferous (?) J arassic
Jurassic
Carboniferous
Jurassic, Pleistocene
Pleistocene
99
Jurassic, Pleistocene
Jurassic
82
Thetis ...
Isodonta
Pullastra
Cypricardia
Cyprina
CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA.
Sphcerium( = Cyclas)
Pisidium
Cardium
Cardiola
lsocardia
Edmondia
Tancredia
Unicardium
Conocardium
Protocardium
Artemis
Lucina
Cryptodon
Corbis
Opis
Cardinia
Cardita
Unio
Anadonta
Astarte
Montacuta
Anthracosia
Mytilus
Modiola
Myoconcha
Hippopodium
Lithodomus
Perna ...
Avicula
A viculopecten
Gervillia
Bakewellia
Inoceramus
tee
Cretaceous
Jurassic
Carboniferous (?) Jurassic
” ”
Jurassic, Pleistocene
Pleistocene
99
Jurassic, Pleistocene
Silurian
Jurassic, Cretaceous
Carboniferous
Jurassic
99
Carboniferous
Jurassic
(?) Carboniferous
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Cretaceous
Cretaceous
Jurassic, Cretaceous
Jurassic
Carboniferous, Jurassic
Jurassic
Pleistocene
be)
Jurassic, Cretaceous,
Pleistocene
Pleistocene
Carboniferous
Carboniferous, Permian, Jurassic,
Pleistocene
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Pleistocene
Permian, Jurassic
Jurassic
do.
do. Cretaceous
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Cretaceons
Carboniferous, Jurassic
Carboniferous, Permian,
Cretaceous
Permian
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Cretaceous
CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSGA. 83
Corbicella ie
Crenatula ao
imagines, sed
Axinus (= Schizodus)
Trichites ae
Trigonia oe
Posidonomya ...
Pteroperna i
Pterinea a
Cassianella ae
Monotis
Myalina
Arca a
Macrodon bes
Cuculloea Oe
Isoarca aie
Pectunculus
Nucula
Leda oe
Leptodomus___...
Orthonota o
Pecten ce
Hinnites 186
Lima 50D
Limea ee
Spondylus ve
Ctenodonta bis
Anomia Ay,
Plicatula see
Ostrea fet
Gryphea Se
Sowerbya sie
Quenstedtia aoe
Placunopsis a.
Hxogyra sf
Dianchora ie
The range of these
Jurassic
be)
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Cretaceous
Permian
Jurassic
Jurassic, Cretaceous
Carboniferous, Jurassic
Jurassic
Silurian, Carboniferous
Jurassic
» Permian
Permian
Carboniferous, Jurassic
Permian, Jurassic
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Cretaceous
Jurassic
Pleistocene
Carboniferous, Jurassic,
Cretaceous, Pleistocene
Carboniferous, Permian, Jurassic,
Pleistocene
Carboniferous
Silurian
Carboniferous (?) Jurassic,
Cretaceous
Jurassic
,, Cretaceous
Jurassic
Cretaceous
Carboniferous
Jurassic, Pleistocene
Jurassic, Cretaceous
99 99
Jurassic
219.
99
Cretaceous
99
be
Fossils in time in Yorkshire is shown
by the tables following :—
84 CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA.
SILURIAN.
CEPHALOPODA.—Orthoceras, Cyrtoceras, Lituites, Troc-
hoceras.
GASTROPODA.—Bellerophon, Murchisonia, Holopella, Turbo,
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.—Cardiola, Pterinea, Orthoneta.
CARBONIFEROUS,
CEPHALOPODA.—Orthoceras, Actinoceras, Phragmoceras,
Nautilus, Goniatites, Poterioceras.
GASTROPODA.—Bellerophon, Porcellia, Buccinum (?), Natica
Loxonema, Macrocheilus, Phanerotinus, Cirrus, Euomphalus,
Platyschisma, Pleurotomaria, Murchisonia, Cerithium, Melania (?),
Turritella, Pileopsis, Acroculia, Capulus (?), Turbo, Trochus,
Patella, Dentalium, Metoptoma.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.—Corbula, Cardiomorpha, Myacites,
Lutraria (?), Sanguinolites, Pullastra (?), Cypricardia, Edmondia,
Conocardium, Artemis (?), Lucina, Cardinia, Anthracosia, Mytilus,
Modiola, Avicula, Aviculopecten, Gervillia, Inoceramus, Pinna,
Posidonomya, Pterinea, Arca (?), Cuculloea, Nucula, Leda,
Leptodomus, Pecten, Ctenodonta.
PERMIAN.
CEPHALOPODA.—Nautilus.
GaSTROPODA.—Natica, Chemnitzia, Straparollus, Rissoa,
Turritella, Turbo, Dentalium, Chiton.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.—Cardiomorpha, M ytilus,Myoconcha,
Gervillia, Bakewellia, Axinus, (=Schizodus), Monotis, Myalina,
Macrodon, Leda.
JURASSIC.
CEPHALOPODA.—Teuthopsis, | Beloteuthis, | Geoteuthis,
Belemnites (Ammonites= Amaltheus, Lytoceras, Phylloceras,
Harpoceras, Stephanoceras, Agoceras, Arietites, &c.), Nautilus.
GASTROPODA.—Murex, Purpuroidea, Natica, Nerinea,
Actzonina, Cylindrites, Chemnitzia, Hulima, Discohelix, Cirrus (?),
CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA. 85
Euomphalus, Pleurotomaria, Trochotoma, Alaria, Hydrobia,
Cerithium, Littorina, Amberleya, Rissoa, Turritella, Nerita,
Neritopsis, Phasianella, Pitonellus, Turbo, Cryptcena, Eucyclus,
Monodonta, Trochus, Patella, Dentalium, Actceon, Bulla.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.—Pholas, Gastrochceena, Saxicava,
Solemya, Corbula, Anatina, Pleuromya, Arcomya, Ceromya,
Thracia, Pholadomya, Goniomya, Myacites, Homomya, Panopza,
Gresslya, Mactra (?), Lutraria (?), Sanguinolaria, Tellina, Venus,
Cytherea, Isodonta, Pullastra (?), Cypricardia, Cyprina, Cardium,
Isocardia, Tancredia, Unicardium, Protocardium, Lucina, Corbis,
Opis, Cardinia, Cardita, Astarte, Mytilus, Modiola, Myoconcha,
Hippopodium, Lithodomus, Perna, Avicula, Aviculopecten,
Inoceramus, Corbicella, Crenatula, Pinna, Trichites, Trigonia,
Posidonomya, Pteroperna, Cassianella, Monotis. Arca, Macrodon,
Cucullcea, Isoarca, Nucula, Leda, Pecten, Hinnites, Lima, Limea,
Anomia, Plicatula, Grypheea, Sowerbya, Quenstedtia.
CRETACEOUS.
CEPHALOPODA.—Ammonites, (Cosmoceras, &c.) Belemnites,
Belemnitella, Scaphites, Hamites, Ancyloceras, Crioceras, Heli-
coceras, Nautilus.
GASTROPODA.—Avellana, Solarium, Pleurotomaria, Roste-
aria, Cerithium, Turritella, Delphinula, Trochus, Emarginula,
Dentalium.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.—Pholas, Teredo, Mya, Corbula,
Thracia, Pholadomya, Panopcea, Thetis, Isocardia, Lucina,
Cryptodon, Corbis, Astarte, Perna, Avicula, Gervillia, Inoceramus,
Pinna, Trigonia, Cucullcea, Nucula, Pecten, Lima, Spondylus,
Plicatula, Ostrea, Placunopsis, Exogyra, Dianchora.
PLEISTOCENE.
GASTROPODA.—Trophon, Fusus, Pleurotoma, Buccinum,
Purpura, Columbella, Natica, Scalaria, Admete (=Cancellaria),
Trichotropis, Littorina, Bithynia, Valvata, Turritella, Cemoria,
Trochus, Lepeta, Puncturella, Dentalium, Planorbis, Limnea,
86 CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA.
Succinea, Limax, Bulimus, Zonites (= Helicella), Helix, Cochli-
copa (=Zua), Clausilia, Achatina, Pupa, Vertigo, Carychiun,
Acme.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA,—Pholas, Saxicava, Mya, Corbula,
Thracia, Mactra, Tellina, Donax, Scrobicularia, Venus, Cyprina,
Spherium, (=Cyclas), Cyrena, Pisidium, Cardita, Cardium,
Unio, Anadonta, Astarte, Montacuta, Mytilus, Modiola,
Pectunculus, Nucula, Leda, Anomia.
From the foregoing lists we may form an idea of the
comparative richness of the different formations of Yorkshire in
fossil mollusca. It is my intention to present to the readers of
the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society, from time to
time, sketches of this molluscan fauna, and to take up the subject
mainly in its Paleeontological aspects. The first group proposed
to be dealt with is the Cephalopoda, but before proceeding to
any description of species we present the modern classification of
the group as proposed by Dr. Paul Fischer in the Journal de
Conchyliologie 3° Série, Tome xxii. No. 1. Paris, 1882, where
he says, ‘“‘ For a long time the Class of the Cephalopoda has fbeen
subdivided into two orders. 1st. The Dibranchiata or Acétab-
ulifera. 2nd. The Tetrabranchiata or Tentaculifera. I think it
is now necessary to adopt a third order, that of the Ammonea in
which the characteristics are mixed, approaching to the
Dibranchiata by the initial sac of the shell in which is found a
siphonal coecum whose extremity does not touch the walls of the
sac, but differing from the Dibranchiata by the animal having
been always protected by an external shell to which it adheres
by the aid of an adductor muscle; and by the absence of an ink-
bag. On the other hand, if the Ammonea resemble the Tetra-
branchiata by their external shell, and the absence of an ink-bag,
they are easily distinguished from them by their initial shell
without scar, and by the existence of one or two solid pieces
(Aptychus) found in the chamber of habitation. The order
Ammonea ought therefore to be intercalated betwixt the
CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA. 87
Dibranchiata and the Tetrabranchiata.
The order Dibranchiata comprehends two sub-orders.
Octopoda and Decapoda. I think it possible to divide the
Octopoda into Monocotylea and Polycotylea according as the
arms bear a single row or several rows of suckers (2 in Octopus,
3 in Tritaxeopus). The Decapoda form 3 large groups founded
on the structure of the dorsal internal pen, which is Cartilaginous
with the Chondrophora, Calcareous but without a chambered
rostrum or guard in the Sépiophora (Ex. Sepia) and terminated by,
or built up of, a series of air chambers, traversed by the siphon
;n the Phragmophora (Belemnites, Spirula). ‘The Chondrophora,
which are the most numerous, may be re-divided after D’orbigny
into Oigopsidee (Ommatostrephes) and Miopsidee (Loligo).
The order Ammonea is divided into Rétrosiphonata and
Prosiphonata, as the neck of the siphon is bent in a backward
or in a forward direction. The Rétrosiphonata have for the type
the Goniatites; the Prosiphonata includes all the shells called
hitherto Ammonites. When these are unfurnished with an
Aptychus, or possess only a horny Aptychus, they form the
section Anaptychidea ; when their Aptychus is made up of two
calcareous pieces, free or soldered together, they belong to the
section Aptychida. Finally, the Anaptychida have been re-
arranged by the shape of their first initial saddle into Latisellata
and Angustisellata. :
The order of the 'Tetrabranchiata is divided into Prosiphonata
and Retrosiphonata after the direction of the siphonal neck. The
Retrosiphonata comprehends two families, the Nautilide with
chambers perpendicular to the axis of the shell, and the Ascocera-
tide in which the chambers are very oblique, becoming even
sub-parallel to the axis.
Dr. Fischer’s classification may be tabulated in the manner
following :-—
88 CASH: FOSSIL MOLLUSCA.
CLASS.—CEPHALOPODA.
|. ORDER.—DIBRANCHIATA.
A. sub-order.—Octopoda.
a. Monocotylea.
b. Polycotylea
B. sub-order.—eDcapoda.
a. Chondrophora.
§ 1, Otgopside
§ 2. Miopside.
b. Sepiophora.
c. Phragmophora.
j|, ORDER.—AMMONEA.
(Cirroteuthide, Eledonide).
(Octopide, Tremoctopodide,
Argonautidee).
(Cranchiide, Chiroteuthidie,
Thysanoteuthide, Onycho-
teuthide, | Ommatostre-
phidee).
(Sepiolidee, Sepiadaride,
Idiosepide, Loliginide).
(Sepiidee).
(Belosepiidee, Belopteride,
Belemnitide, Spirulidee).
A. sub-order.—Retrosiphonata (Goniatide).
B. sub-order.—Prosiphonata.
a. Anaptychidea.
§ 1. Latisellata.
S 2. Angustisellata.
b. Aptychidea.
(fLarpoceratide,
(Arcestidee, Tropitidee, Cera-
titidee, Clydonitidee).
(Pinacoceratidee, Amaltheide,
Ammonitide, Lytoceratide).
Stephano-
ceratidz).
[{|, ORDER.—TETRABRANCHIATA.
A. sub-order.—Prosiphonata.
(Nothoceratide).
* 8B. sub-order.— Reirosyphonata. (Nautilide: Ascoceratide).
89
ON THE RECENT EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS UNDER
THE PERMIAN FORMATIONS. BY THOS. WM. TEW, ESQ., J.P.
I HAVE pleasure in again welcoming the Society to the historical old
town of Pontefract. You met here on Thursday, the 4th November,
1869, under the presidency of Lord Houghton, and thirteen years
have not dimmed the recollections of that visit, to those who were
then present, or relegated to oblivion the discussions which took
place with regard to the geological wealth surrounding this ancient
Borough, and the division of Osgoldcross, of which it considers
itself the chief centre of importance. We, as residents in the town
and district, hope that the speculations then hinted at have been
developing cautiously, but surely, towards commercial success and
realization; and we trust that the members of this Society may
find that during this interval of time, industry, energy and capital
have been brought to bear in the development of our underground
wealth; and that they may appreciate the progress which has
been accomplished by this practical application of geological science
since they last honoured Pontefract with a visit.
First allow me to thank the Honorary Secretary of this Society
and yourselves, for the compliment you have conferred upon me,
in requesting me to act as your Local President on this occasion.
I ask your considerate forbearance and co-operation in undertaking
the duties of this Chair. At the same time, I desire to assure you
of my earnest wishes to promote the interests of this valuable
Institution, with which it has been my privilege to be associated
for upwards of twenty years.
After the exhaustive addresses of your past Presidents, the
devoted attention to special subjects of the scientific members of
this Institution, and the published papers in its transactions, it is
difficult for an amateur Geologist, like myself, to discourse on a
special subject ; but with your permission, I will venture to make
90 TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS.
some remarks upon the geological aspects of Mining in this division
of West Yorkshire.
When the Yorkshire Geological Society was first formed, in
1836, the coal measures of Osgoldcross were hardly known. <A
little surface coal called ‘Crow Coal,” or ‘‘ Wheatwood Coal,”
about Glass Houghton, was scratched up by ‘ Diggers of Cole,”
as John Dee, in 1570, described this new art of getting coal. And
of the rest of Yorkshire, even to those engaged in mining works,
the coal measures were only guessed at, pretty much as rare old
Leland mentions them in 1535 :—‘‘ Though here be plenti of wood,
‘vet the people burne much yearth cole by cawse hit is plentifull,
‘and sold good chepe.” Deep mining’ was not yet possible.
Whatever Leland’s ‘* Yearth Cole” was, or the substance used
in 1535, and subsequently as ‘ fuel,” as Newcastle coal used to be
called, no one but he who lived into the 19th century, and who
can now estimate the full consequence of the agency of coal in
the extension of the Railway, Steam Vessels, and Steam-transport
systems could grasp the mighty fact, that the ‘‘ Mineralized Vege-
“table matter,” which Chemists tell us is composed of ‘“ carbon,
“hydrogen and nitrogen,” could give such impetus to the energy
and industry of the people of England, and an enlightened policy
in favour of commerce and manufactures. By this ‘‘ Much Yearth
Cole, by cawse hit is plentifull, and sold good chepe,” has the
commercial prosperity of the West Riding been built up.
The output in 1868, the return quoted when the Society was
here in 1869, was over 103 millions of tons of coal; it is stated for
the year 1880 to be over 140 millions of tons; whilst our Steam
Navy, which in 1860 used half a million tons, in 1880 needed more
than two and a half millions of tons—twice as much as all the
other Steam Merchant Navies of the world combined.
This is the silver age of discoveries, and the golden age of
Mechanics; and the unmatched progress of this country has been
due to the natural energy of the race of Englishmen, and the
THEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS. oii
narrowness of the bounds within which its increasing families are
enclosed, and to the cheapness and abundance of the coal.
According to Mr. Lupton, coal is workable at a depth of 5,000
or 10,000 feet ;“but the temperature of the earth at a depth of
980 yards will be equal to blood heat, and if the miners have to
penetrate another 500 yards ‘‘ Mineral substances will be too hot
‘for the naked skin to touch with impunity.” Under such condi-
tions science and mechanics will, I have no doubt, render the
conditions of human labour at these depths quite possible; and
although it would appear that our new coal fields lie at great
depths below the surface of the ground, I feel sure that whenever
circumstances require it, coal will be raised from greater depths
than 5,000 or 10,000 feet, whilst new beds will be discovered as
yet undreamed of. Therefore, in my humble opinion, many of the
conclusions of the Royal Commission were founded on insufficient
data.
We must, | think, throw off, further away than ever, the
question of the exhaustion of the British Coal fields, and the
prospect of national ruin.
But if Leland could live again, and realise the dimensions of
the industry his ‘‘ Yearth Cole” has achieved from his day to 1582,
he might feel inclined to write a new Itinery with reference to
coal.
On the 25th Feb., 1869, the Haigh Moor Bed of .the Mere-
field Colliery, at Glass Houghton, was struck at 347 yards
from the surface of the ground, and the coal was found to be 4
feet 7 inches in thickness, with one dirt parting of three inches in
the middle of the seam. This Colliery is now in working order,
and is capable of turning out upwards of 1,000 tons of coal in
24 hours.
At a depth of 280 yards from the surface, salt water, much
salter than that of the sea, is found; specific gravity 1-082 com-
pared with fresh water: temperature 60 degrees of Fahrenheit’s
thermometer: four fluid ounces on evaporation leave a residue
92 TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS.
weighing 150 grains in slightly differmg proportions to the other,
as follows :—
Chloride of Calcium.
5 », sodium
. », Magnesium.
» Potassium.
Bromides a trace ; Nitrates (from decomposed vegetable mat-
ter), Sulphates not a trace.
Again, at a depth of 347 yards from the surface, another
basin of salt water is found—specific gravity 1:101: four fluid
ounces on evaporation leaving solid ingredients weighing 170 grains,
as under :
Cloride of Calcium.
Wee SOC naa
» 95 Magnesium.
>» 9» Potassium.
Bromides not a trace; Nitrates (from decomposed vegetable
matter) Sulphates not a trace.
These Pontefract samples of water contain a large amount of
Chloride of Magnesium but no Magnesic Sulphates. The salt
water is found in stronger saltness at the bottom of the ‘ Prince
of Wales” Coliiery; again, deep down in the Wakefield rock ;
and Mr. George Roberts, of Lofthouse, informs me, on the Sth
October, 1882, at 352 yards from the surface, this reservoir of salt
water has begun to ooze through the roof of a Colliery there, in-
creasing in quantity, and becoming troublesome and expensive to
to deal with.
In the analysis of the brine at the Ryhope Colliery, 556 yards
below the bottom of the sea and 800 yards from high water
mark,in March, 1871, the constituents were :—
GRAINS PER GALLON.
Chloride of Sodium Se as ae ... 6986'39
ss » Potassium ... sh ts oat 39°55
of » Lithium cu oe 08 og aabtace
ie , Ammonium ... ae wv) oe 4960-00
Carried Forward ee, ... 89385:94
TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS. 93
- GRAINS PER GALLON.
Brought Forward ae ... 8935°94
53 », Calcium ae oes wee aoe 8°96
4 », Magnesium ... a ae wee ©«=—6 8890
Todide of ms oe Ke dos Are 0-08
Bromide of $5 oh aa e see 43°39
Carbonate of Iron re ed vi ane 2°90
Total solids per gallon .., es ... 9360°17
Specific Gravity ... ae Pel
This analysis of the Ryhope Brine is furnished by Mr. T. W.
Embleton, of Methley.
These waters are stronger than the salt waters pumped up at
Droitwich, and contain ingredients different to those of ordinary
sea water.
When you last assembled in this Town Hall, Mr. John Rhodes,
the thrice elected Mayor of Pontefract, had not reached the coal
at his ‘‘ Prince of Wales” Colliery, but on the Ist of August, 1872,
the Haigh Moor Bed was reached, at a depth of 477 yards, or
thereabouts, from the surface; the coal, with two dirt parting, is 5
feet 6 inches in thickness.
This excellent coal possesses many valuable properties. Its
illuminating power, by the method frequently adopted by Gas
Engineers, is 14°5 ; density 0°528 (air=1). Percentage of olefiant
gas and similar substances 6°50. The number of cubic feet of gas
per ton of coal 8,612.
The machinery at the ‘‘ Prince of Wales” Colliery is capable
of raising to the pit bank some 500 to 600 tons of coal every day.
The colliery is ventilated by the most approved fan, 40 feet in
diameter, the fanners being 10 feet in width and making some 35
revolutions per minute.
In addition to the coal which the enterprise of the Mayor is
bringing to the surface, there are at about 30 feet below the ground,
valuable beds of clay from 12 to 15 feet in thickness, which when
chemically and microscopically examined revealed abundant evi-
dence of organic matter, and of the extinct Flora of the Carboni-
94 TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS.
ferous rocks, whose decayed fragments mixed with sediment, (and
together forming seat earth or ‘‘clay”) are now manufactured
into bricks and terra cotta designs.
These magnificent kilns can turn out 100,000 bricks per week.
The clay contains in 100 parts :—
Moisture me ae ote aes Hod a ta0
Organic Matter and combined Water Bes Sees glee:
Siliciay Ge. ay a ae ce ss (ool
Protoxide of Iron & Oe aes ae ee One
Peroxide of Iron at ip nee Pe ao BOLO
jhimie 7 ie he aa Oe Se Rig wee? Oe
Magnesia - oe oP “i ae seer ui tekteoee
Alumina ee oie ae cafe Bat ME ee aro o
Alkalies, other substances and loss... ee Wa, 1OSO0
100-00
In the sample sent, one or two small rounded nodules were
found, which on analysis consisted chiefly of Carbonate of Iron.
The Aketon Hall and Featherstone Manor Collieries belonging
to Mr. Geo. Bradley, situated by the side of the Lancashire and
Yorkshire Railway are worked; the ‘Stanley Main” bed of coal,
6 feet in thickness, at a depth of 240 yards, and the ‘“ Shale
Seam,” 3 feet thick, at a distance of 220 yards from the surface ;
the fuel is of superior quality from each mine.
Additional works for winning the celebrated ‘‘ Barnsley Bed,”
which has been proved at a distance of 300 yards from the surface,
are now nearly completed. This bed, Mr. Bradley says, is found
to be 12 feet in thickness. and its existence at Featherstone, is, I
hope conclusive‘testimony that it will be found to the South and
South-Hast of Pontefract.
In the strata intervening between the surface and the Stanley
Main Coal at these Collieries, salt water is found at a depth of
about 200 yards. indicating that the salt rock exists somewhere in
Yorkshire, but where has not been proved.* The recent discover-
ies near Newcastle-on-Tyne may, probably at no distant day, lead —
* The salt has just been found at Middlesbro’.
TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS. 9d
to finding the salt rock on this coast, and if so, its importance
cannot be over-rated.
Mr. Bradley, whom we have to thank for the development of
coal at Aketon Hall, thinks it may interest this Society to know
that ironstone ore has been found at Digby, in Lincolnshire, ad-
joining the Great Northern and Great Eastern Railways, and
within 20 miles of the coast where it was supposed to exist. This
ironstone being almost equi-distant (about 20 miles) from the sea
and the Nottinghamshire coal field, will doubtless become a source
of immense advantage to the towns and districts of the Hast Coast
and of West Yorkshire.
On the 27th August, 1870, a little to the West of Pontefract.
Messrs Ellison and Broadbent opened a new shaft at Syndale,
and called it by the name of the ‘‘ Whitwell Main Colliery.”
The shaft, commenced on the 2nd February, 1869, was com-
pleted to the coal on the 19th August, at a depth of 2284 yards,
and in rapidity of sinking, has scarcely a parallel. The beds of coal
passed through, are the Shale Coal, 3 feet thick, and the Stanley
Main coal, 7 feet thick.
On the ist Dec., 1870, Messrs. Henry Briggs, Son & Co.
(Limited) of Normanton, raised from their new pit to the surface,
and screened and made ready for sale 1,006 tons of coal. The
seam from which this tonnage was raised is the Stanley Main,
to which three shafts are sunk. One shaft is used for pumping
purposes, the other as an upcast, and the third is utilized as a
downcast shaft and for coal drawing. This shaft is 12 feet in
diameter, filled up with a pair of 18-inch cylinders, made by Messrs.
Davy and Brothers of Sheffield. The cages are single decked, and
carry two tubs of 10-cwt. each. This seam of coal is worked
upon the long-wall system with banks of 30 yards in length, and
single shifts.
The shaft used as the upcast shaft is 8-feet in diameter, and
supplies to the workings 70,000 to 80,000 cubic feet of air per
minute.
96 TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS.
On the 20th April, 1873, the Hon. Robert Ashburton Milnes
turned the first sod of a new coal shaft on the Frystone Estate of
Lord Houghton, which is now, I believe, the nearest pit to the
port of Hull, and the German Ocean. The Frystone Coal Co.
pierced the Barnsley Bed, some 180 yards from the surface on
17th August, 1874. On the 5th May, 1875, they struck the Haigh
Moor bed at 269 yards, and expect shortly to reach, at a depth of
451 yards, the Silkstone seam, at the same depth as the Wheldale
Colliery, one mile off, and worked by the same Proprietors.
It is a very rich gas coal. The analysis of it (at Wheldale)
gives,—
Cubic feet of gas obtained per ton... ae 9,200
Tar, Ammoniacal liquor, etc., per ton of coal Ga Ord) ae. 476lbs.
Carbonie Acid, Sulphuretted ie ydrogen sie et 28lbs.
Coke, per ton of coals Nie ore ue dhe 1,480]bs.
The gas obtained has an illuminating power approximating to 17
candles, so far as could be ascertained by experiment on_a small
scale.
The specific gravity of the gas as compared with air calculated
at a barometric pressure of 30 inches, and a temperature of 60°
Fahrenheit is 0.51. The gas contains 5.6 per cent. of olefiant gas.
It also contains the other usual constituents of coal gas upon which
its lighting and heat-giving properties depend. The gas contains
only traces of carbonic acid and no sulphuretted hydrogen.
This coal from the Silkstone bed is comparatively free from
pyrites. It does not soil the fingers, and in appearance and
physical properties possesses the characters of cannel coal. Its
specific gravity as compared with water is 1-2811.
When carefully heated to bright redness, in a closed vessel,
it gives 60.84 per cent. of coke, and after burning it leaves 3.02
per cent. of ash.
This new coal field consists of some 4,000 acres, and it is
situated on the line of the North Eastern Railway on one side, and
the river Aire in close proximity on the other side near Castleford,
and about 24 miles from Pontefract.
TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS. 97
The Warren House or Barnsley bed of coal has been worked
by this company for a distance of 2 miles in an easterly direction
under the Magnesian Limestone, and is found there rising to the
Hast at about an inclination of 1 in 77. The thickness of the
Silkstone coal at Wheldale is 5 feet, and the coal is good and
bright in appearance.
The shafts are each 15 feet diameter, which equals an area of
1762 feet square each. In each shaft there are 70 yards of stone
tubbing to tub off the water: the ventilation is created by a fur-
nace which produces 130,000 cubic feet of air per minute; the
horse power of the furnace being 28 H.P.
The number of coal seams which have been found to be work-
able on the estates of Lord Houghton and Temple, under those
Royalties will, before being exhausted, supply a weekly quantity
of coal of 10,000 tons for a period of nearly 200 years.
The Winding Engines, Plant, etc., now laid down, are capable
of drawing 1,000 tons per day when required.
If from the Romans we received the idea of facilities of
transport and communications throughout Ancient Britain, (for
the Romans were the constructors of roads and highways) so from
the Railway Companies we have received the most perfect scientific
applications for rapidity of locomotion ; and this district is benefit-
ed by this development of transport enterprise.
The Swinton and Knottingley Branch of the Midland and
North Eastern Railway was opened for traffic on July 1st, 1879 ;
the first sod of the Hull and Barnsley Railway was dug by Lieut-
Col. Smith, the Chairman of the Railway Co., on Saturday, the
15th Jan. 1881; and the works on the line, generally, commenced
about Ist Feb., 1881. The line, at present in course of construc-
tion, is about 50 miles long, and it is to be ready for inspection by
the Board of Trade towards the end of 1884. The contractors,
Messrs. Lucas and Aird (to whose representative we are indebted
for an inspection at Upton of the Railway cuttings to-day) have
brought mechanical contrivances to work, such as Steam Hydraulic
98 TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS.
Navvy’s, and Steam Grabbers, at the Dock, and elsewhere, which
have enabled the contractors to construct this railway with a
rapidity of growth, “like Jonah’s gourd.” ‘This railway extension
runs across the upper portion, so to speak, of the South Yorkshire
coalfield, as the district is sometimes described, and for the present
will stop at Halifax.
These two railways, North and South, and Hast and West
mean a complete metamorphosis of Osgoldcross, not less remarkable
than that which took place when the famous Roman Sixth Legion,
about A.D. 117 marched from Danum to Legeolium—from Don-
caster to Castleford, and nearly parallel with the Railway route
by Ackworth to Doncaster. These two railways open out the
new Yorkshire and Pontefract coal field of the future, of which
deep shafts at South Kirkby, so energetically worked by Mr. John
Shaw are the newest indications. What Merefield, Prince of
Wales, Wheldale and Frystone, and the Manor Collieries of M1.
Bradley, at Featherstone, are to the Northern and Western sides
of Pontefract, divided as it is by the sandstone ridge, on which
the Town and Castle stand, so are these South Kirkby shafts,
evidences of an extensive, valuable, and inexhaustible coal field to
the south of the Borough.
The South Kirkby Colliery has two shafts, both 15 feet
diameter—one as the upcast shaft, and the other as the downcast,
and both are sunk to a depth of 640 yards.
The first bed of coal worthy of mention is the Shafton, found
at a depth of 184 yards below the surface of the ground.
Section. Feet. Inches.
Coal ae ae care oe 0 4
Dirt 0 i
Coal BP aoe me sais 1 0)
Dirt ae ar sol Aan 0 3
Coal 3 33
or a total thickness of 4 feet 7 inches of coal.
The bottom coal of this bed is of moderate quality for engine
and brick making purposes; but as it burns to a white ash, it is
TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS. og
not generally appreciated for domestic purposes; the two top beds
of this Shafton coal, 1 foot 4 inches thick, are of inferior quality.
The next bed of coal worthy of mention before the Barnsley
bed is reached, is the Kents Thin, or Bottom, or Best coal of the
Stanley Main seam. It is 3 feet 2 inches thick, and of good
quality for domestic use; but the other beds of coal, forming the
Stanley Main Coal in the Normanton district (viz: the Lime Coal
and Black Bands), are separated at this Colliery by many yards of
parting or measures.
The famous Barnsley bed of coal is reached at South Kirkby
at a depth of 634 yards, as per section :—
Feet. Inches.
Top Soft Coal Les Ne ne ie tt 3 10
Dirt Parting ... oor sch a aR 0 7
Hard Coal ... A a are & ae 2 )
Bottom Soft Coal... See ve aa see 2 5
Total 9 feet, 7 inches.
The following are the results of a careful analysis of the
Barnsley Soft Coal, obtained from the South Kirkby Colliery, for
gas making :—
Cubic feet of gas obtained per ton of coal ... 8,960 cubic feet.
Tar, Ammonical Liquor, &c. ee ash ... 408 lbs. (avoirds)
Carbonic Acid bi se » 181
Sulphuretted-hydrogen ee ae 5 a Me
Coke and Ash a se sf a see W495), is
The gas obtained has an illuminating power approximating to
15 candles so far as can be determined from the quantity of coal
operated upon.
The specific gravity of the gas as compared with air at 30
inches Bar. and 60° Fahrt. is 0°45.
The gas contains 4°8 per cent. of olefiant gas, or of substances
of the same composition as olefiant gas.
As prepared and purified in the test apparatus by Mr. Thomas
Fairley, F.R.S.E., of Leeds.—24th October.
An analysis of the Barnsley Hard Coal for gas, gives the
following results :—
100 TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS.
Cubic Feet of Gas obtained per ton of coal in 10,400
Tar, Ammoniacal Liquor, &c. ie tis see 41°25 lbs. (avoird)
Carbonic Acid a BAG or “hs 13
Sulphuretted hydrogen eae 5 y
Coke and Ash aos tae 1504
The gas obtained has an illuminating power of 14°75 candles,
so far as can be determined by the quantity of coal operated upon.
The specific gravity of the gas is ‘41 (air—1),. |
The gas contains 4°5 per cent of olefiant gas, or of substances
of similar composition. It was free from carbonic acid and
sulphuretted hydrogen.
The coal is much harder than the other samples. Its specific
eravity is 1:283. When heated in a closed vessel it gives 61°46
per cent. of coke, and when burnt leaves 4°28 per cent. of ash.
The sulphur separated from the gas from these coals in the
test apparatus is, from the Fryston coal, 2-9 lbs. per ton; from
the South Kirkby Colliery Soft Coal, 0.75 Ibs. ; and from the Hard
Coal, 0°6 lbs. per ton.
This coal bed, 9 feet 7 inches in thickness, is extraordinary as
compared with the generality of the coal of the Barnsley bed, and
is equal in quality to other specimens of coal in the Barnsley coal
field.
The upcast shaft is already sunk to this deep coal bed. and
the downcast or drawing shaft is sunk to a depth of 400 yards;
while it is expected to reach the coal about April, 1883.
Both shafts are cased with cast-iron tubbing, of which about
1,500 tons have been used to a depth of 126 yards.
The drawing engines are a pair of 42 inch cylinders, and 6
feet stroke; the nominal horse-power being 400 for the pair; and
10 boilers, each 30 feet by 7 feet.
At the drawing shaft, peculiar and novel modes both of winding
and loading coal are to be used, whereby it is expected that
the quantity of coals drawn up will be greatly augmented.
For the purpose of ventilation at the upcast or air shaft, a Tchiele
TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS. 101
Fan of 13 feet diameter is in course of construction to be driven
by a pair of engines of 26 inch cylinders with a nominal power of
70 horses each. The capacity of the fan will be equal to about
250,000 cubic feet of air per minute.
This immense undertaking will involve an outlay of about
£130,000. At Wheldale, the Barnsley bed is 2022 yards below the
ground surface; at Merefield Colliery, 254 yards; at South Kirkby,
634 yards; and at Denaby Main, near Conisbro’, this splendid bed
is successfully worked at a depth of 4495 yards.
Lastly, let me mention the probable extension of the York-
shire coal field beneath the Magnesian Limestone and the New Red
Sandstone, on the north side of the river Aire, and on the line of
the Hull and Barnsley Railway, near Snaith, by Lord Beaumont
of Carleton Towers.
A bore hole has been put down under the direction of Mr.
Greaves, about 11 miles eastward of the Fryston Colliery, and two
miles from Snaith, at West Bank, to a depth of 400 yards with
the following results, viz :—
Karth, warp, and clay a as ae a 11D yards}
New Red Sandstone a SA ta BO, aie
Upper Permian Marls oe 1 93
Red Marls with beds of Gypsum ... a
Upper Permian Limestone m4 ) og
Limestone with some bands of Coe ts ) ‘
Middle Permian Marls )
Red Marl with thin bands of irections and = 410.
Gypsum a = )
Lower Permian itvestene: 8 GS 4;
Coal Measures, Sandstone, ne Silty, Black.
Shale, Coal, 1 foot 6 inches, Spavin = 45 ,,
Blue Shale a
Total, 400 yards.
Unfortunately, the boring stops short without reaching the
Barnsley bed, which is believed to be a little lower down, because
the contract for boring was only for this depth of 400 yards.
Mr. Greaves allows me to show a specimen of the Gypsum,
102 TEW: EXTENSION OF MINING OPERATIONS.
which, if brought to the surface as a marketable commodity is
valued at 1s. 6d. per ton, the inside core of the bore-hole being
four inches in diameter.
The sub-division of the Permian Rocks occurs in the order in
which they have been observed to crop up to the surface—they
have each their usual character.
‘There can be no doubt,” says Mr. Greaves, ‘that the beds
penetrated beneath the Permian Rocks are coal measures, and
there are strong indications for believing that they belong to that
part of the coal measures which contain workable seams of coal.”
The general character of the measures, the few fossils brought up
in the cores, the clean and lustrous character of the thin seam of
coal which has been passed through, all point to this conclusion ; and
that in the future the best portion of the Yorkshire coal field will
be found between Barnsley and Snaith.
We shall hope that Lord Beaumont’s restoration to health will
enable him to continue this spirited investigation for coal, near
Snaith, and that Mr. Greaves, the able and scientific pioneer of
these sinking operations, may, at no very future date, be able to
announce a discovery, that Lower Osgoldcross of 58,000, and
Lower or one half of Barkstonash of 34,000 acres may be added
as new coal fields to others in the County of York.
The Aire and Calder Navigation was opened in 1787; and
the Knottingley and Goole Canal in 1826. The tonnage now
reaching Goole, arriving and departing by this Canal in 1880, was
above 392,000 tons. The return for the port of Hull and Dock
Company, from January 1st to 31st October of the current year,
dues was equivalent to 2,100,358 tons; and increase over 1881 of
214,388 tons; whilst up to the 31st October, 1882, the export of
coal had increased by 68,000 tons.
103
THE PHOTOGRAPH FOR 1882.
THORNWICK BAY, FLAMBOROUGH. BY G. W. LAMPLUGH.
Tue Photograph for this year is an excellent view of THorNwIcK
Bay, a little inlet on the northern side of Flamborough Head.
The spectator is standing under the shadow of the cliffs on the
west side of the ‘‘ Bay,” and looks due east across to the opposite
headland.
The height of this headland is 150 feet. As will be seen, it is
thoroughly riddled with caves and gullies, there being no less than
seven caverns within the limits seen in the photograph,—and two
long deep gullies which were probably once arched caves like the
others. ‘They are generally excavated along master-joints.
It is low-tide, and the beach in the foreground is strewn with
rough blocks of chalk from the cliffs, with a thin scattering of
darker transported masses from the boulder-clay ; all covered with
a plenteous growth of sea-weed, except near high-water mark. The
weed is chiefly, but by no means wholly, the common Bladder-
wrack (Pucus vesiculosus ).
The headland shows hard flinty chalk, capped with glacial drift
of considerable thickness.
The Chalk contains much flint in irregular nodular layers ;
fossils are of rare occurrence,—here and there a large Inoceramus
‘(I.Cuwrerc ?), an Kchinoderm crushed beyond recognition, or a small
Terebratula. The chalk dips gently south. The darker tint of the
rock at the base of the cliff, within reach of the waves, is due to
weathering and organic growth, and marks the limit of high tide.
The Drift is, as usual, complicated and variable, but the fol-
lowing section may be made out :—
104 PHOTOGRAPH,
At the top, 1—Red boulder-clay (about 10 feet).
2,—Drift Gravel, very intermittent.
»
3.—Thick greenish or greyish‘ boulder-clay, full of small
pebbles but with a few large stones: often showing indis-
tinct bedding, and appearing to pass into the gravel above
and below it: fragments of marine shells plentiful in
places. ,
4,—Drift gravel and sand; not seen on thetheadland, but well
developed in the cliff near the middle of the bay.
5.—Fine angular chalky gravel or “ wash” (possibly pre-gla-
cial).
6.—Hard flinty chalk.
Though the beds above the chalk vary considerably both in
thickness and composition, this section may be taken as a type of
the geological structure of Flamborough Head.
I suppose the shape of The Head,—a blunted triangle,
almost a cone, with its apex pointing due east, is known to
all who will look on this picture. The cliff-line which forms its
southern boundary, commencing near Bridlington and running
east and east-north-east for five miles before the eastermost point
is reached, pursues throughout a tolerably even course. But as
soon as the projection is rounded and the coast faces north, a great
and sudden change takes place, and the cliffs are indented and
broken to such a degree, that from the Light-houses (which stand
on the extremity) to the scene of the photograph, and for a little
way beyond,—a distance in all of nearly three miles—the shore
presents one long series of grand coast pictures, and we pass, step
by step (where the tide allows), through caves and arches ; into
bays, and gullies, and nooks of ever-varying outline, with crannies
and recesses innumerable; whilst here and there a massive rock-
pillar stands sentinel-like apart. Add to this a clear and rollicking
sea, dotted with many sail—one or two large steamers passing,
no doubt, almost within hail—and occasional glimpses of the bold
headlands of the coast-line stretching northward to Whitby—and
you have, I think, as glorious a view as any on our Yorkshire
coast.
Where the cliff is thus broken, its height nowhere exceeds 150
PHOTOGRAPH. 105
feet, but as we follow its course westward, it resumes its regularity,
and rises somewhat swiftly to 250 feet, and then more slowly, till
at Speeton, about five miles from Thornwick Bay, where the coast-
line swerves northward and thus marks out the headland, the total
height of the cliff is 444 feet.
The sudden change in the character of the coast at the easter-
most point is not difficult to explain, and is due to more causes than
one.
In the first place, the force of the sea is far greater on the
exposed north than on the sheltered south side of the headland,
and a violent tide-course also strikes it and is deflected eastward.
Then the upper flintless chalk,* which forms the cliffs between
Bridlington and Flamborough, is soft and shattered, and yields
readily to the waves all along the line ; but at the headland, flints
put in an appearance, and the chalk becomes extremely hard and
unyielding, and withstands the attack of the sea so well, that
differences of resisting power have time to produce great results,
and all the weak points, along joints, or where the beds are crump-
led or shattered, are carved out.
There is still another cause. 1t will be noticed in the photograph
that the old chalk surface below the drifts slopes inland, so that
while the chalk is 90 or 100 feet thick on the headland, it is not
more than 8 or 10 feet in the recess, part of this decrease, however,
being due to the rise of the beach. This is really the northern slope
of a valley which, in pre-glacial times, has run almost parallel with,
and at no great distance from, the present cliff-line. This valley,
which has been filled with drift and nearly obliterated during the
Glacial Period, follows the northern coast-line of The Head to its
extremity, and there runs out, being cut across where the cliff
swerves south-west for Bridlington. Lateral feeders seem to have
run into it from the north-east ; indicating a wide extension of land
in that direction,
This old valley causes some of the finest features of the coast,
* This upper chalk contains a fair number of fossils, chiefly sponges.
106 PHOTOGRAPH.
for when the sea tunnels back into its weathered slopes, they yield
readily, and in two cases the waves have actually burst through
into the drifts which fill the hollow, and as these have been of
course readily scooped out, circular chasms—pot-holes in fact—
have been formed in both cases, some little distance from the cliff.
One of these is small enough to act asa ‘“ blow-hole” in rough
weather, the sea choking up the vent till the imprisoned air bursts
out with much noise, driving upward a cloud of spray.
There are a few lateral crevices, connected with caves, that
‘‘ blow” in the same way. Goethe must have seen something like
this :—
“ Und die langen Felsennasen
Wie sie schnarchen, wie sie blasen !”’*—( Walpurgisnacht ).
After all, I cannot tell which is the finer picture—the fantas-
tic ruggedness of this part. of the coast, or the simple grandeur of
the precipice beyond, where the great grey cliffs hang in a straight »
unbroken wall above the waves that lap and lash far below.
There, in the spring and early summer, countless swarms of
sea-birds take up their abode—guillemot, razorbill, puttin and
kittiwake—and pass continually in and out, like bees to a hive.
Not always is this little bay so bright and pleasant as you see
it here, for —
‘“‘ Sometimes the sea takes a passionate tone
And roars and raves In an angry mood.”
Hven while I write such a mood has come upon it, and this is
what has taken place on the very spot :—
The schooner Cheval de Trove, of Guernsey, Captain Marri-
ette, with a crew of six, bound for Shields from Dover, in ballast,
was caught in the gale and snowstorm of December 6th, off Flam-
borough Head and driven unobserved ov these rocks.t| Her crew
* «The giant-snouted crags, ho! ho!
How they snort, and how they blow!”—Shelley’s Translation.
+ From the wreckage brought ashore she seems to have first struck close
to where the boat is seen in the left foreground of the photograph, and after-
ward to have shifted a little further west.
PHOTOGRAPH. 107
having lost all reckoning and not being able to see a cables-length
ahead, had already taken to the rigging when the vessel struck ;
and one, Nicholas Williams, who was above the others, was flung
oft into the sea by the shock. He lost consciousness, but was no
doubt carried directly ashore. When he gained his feet and looked
towards the ship, he saw that her masts had gone over the side, and
her hull also immediately broke up, and disappeared. Of the rest of
the crew he saw nothing. He was much bruised and exhausted, but
made his way up the cliff and reached a farm house not far inland,
carrying the first and only news of the disaster.
A little later in the day, the large collier steamer, Black Dia-
mond, went ashore three miles further south. Her crew of sixteen
were saved by the coast guards by means of the rocket-lines.
Such is an oft repeated chapter in the history of these pleasant
cliffs.
ON SOME SECTIONS EXPOSED DURING THE FORMATION OF
THE LINE OF RAILWAY BETWEEN UPTON AND KIRK
SMBATON. BY JAMES/W. DAVIS, F.G.S.
THE new line of railway at present in course of construction
between Hull and Barnsley has exposed many sections of consider-
able geological interest. Amongst the most interesting is an
exposure in the cuttings and tunnel near Kirk Smeaton, showing
the junction of the coal measures with the superimposed magnes-
ian limestone. The number of sections exhibiting the same
arrangement are not very numerous. An instance occurs at
Conisborough Castle where an outlier of sandstone forms a hill
which is covered with Permian Limestone on which the castle is
built. At Bramham Park, Knaresborough, and some other places,
similar sections occur. In some sections the limestone rests on
sandstone, and in others, on members of the coal measure series,
108 DAVIS: EXPOSED SECTIONS.
but at the places last named the limestone lies above millstone
erit rocks. It frequently happens that the sandstone or shale
beneath the limestone is stained a reddish or purple colour, and
the rocks so stained were considered from this circumstance to
have been new red sandstone, the equivalents of the German
rothe—todte—liegende. In the volume of ‘ Proceedings” of this
Society issued for 1877, I contributed a paper on ‘‘The uncon-
formability of the Permian Limestone to the RedRocks below
them,” in which a somewhat detailed account is given of the
occurrences, of such sections and circumstances attending’ their
occurrence, along the line of the Permian escarpment, reaching in
an almost north and south direction across the length of the
county. In the present paper I propose to give a description of
the sections exposed during the formation of the railway cutting,
with a sufficiently detailed account of the immediately surround-
ing district, to make them intelligible.
The coal measures in the immediate vicinity consist of the
upper measures exposed in the West Riding, and include a series
of sandstones and shales, with beds of coal not at present worked
in the district, though they are at short distances where railway
accomodation has been accessible. The surface is characterized
by gentle undulations, caused by the alternation of sandstones
and shales dipping in the main eastwards with a north and south
outcrop towards the west. The sandstones are not generally suffic-
iently thick and prominent to form escarpments such as character-
ise those of the lower measures westwards, but having resisted
denuding agencies to a greater extent than the shales, remain to
form the higher ground, whilst the hollows indicate the localities
where the shale comes to the surface. The uppermost bed of
sandstone exposed is the Houghton Common or Pontefract rock.
It is the sandstone on which the Castle at Pontefract is built, and
it extends round three sides of the hill, a fault running from
Tanshelf roughly in a line with Causeway Lane to the south-west,
throwing it out in that direction. South of Pontefract there area
DAVIS: EXPOSED SECTIONS. 109
series of sandstones occupying the surface around Ackworth,
which are described in the Memoirs of the Geological Survey
as the *‘ Ackworth Rocks.” Near the village they have been cut
through by the River Went, exposing the shales beneath. <A tribu-
tary of the Went running between East Hardwick and Went
Hill also exposes the shales in a similar manner, the Ackworth
Rock capping the slight elevation of Hast Hardwick on the west,
and on the east immediately underlying the Permian Limestone
escarpment forming the western boundary of Went Hill to Went-
bridge and for some distance south of the deep channel formed
by the river. This sandstone on the Geological Survey Map, 87
N.E., is indicated as a “Lower Red Sandstone and Marl,” and
considered a member of the Permian and Magnesian Limestone
series. Later researches, as already stated, have proved that
this is not the case, but that it is a sandstone of the coal measure
epoch which has been stained by the superincumbent limestone a
reddish or purplish colour. South of the Went, the whole of the
district round Badsworth and South Kirkby is composed of shales
with occasionally thin beds of ragey sandstone. Westwards of
Hemsworth a sandstone occupies the surface extending to
Brierley, called the “ Brierley Rock ;” and south-eastwards forming
a semicircular patch, is an expansion of the Houghton Common or
Pontefract rock, reaching to Clayton-in-the-Clay. Near Cudworth
the line of railway cuts through some of Chevet Rocks, which
along with the Oaks Rock are considerably developed towards
Barnsley.
After the deposition of the coal measures a long interval
elapsed before the Permian Limestone formation was deposited.
The coal measures which had been evenly and uniformly accumu-
lated above the millstone grit rocks over the surfaces now known
as Lancashire and Yorkshire became subject to great displace-
ment by subterranean agencies; the hills dividing the two
counties were forced into existence, and during the process the
whole country, east and west of the great central line of elevation
110 DAVIS: EXPOSED SECTIONS.
was broken by innumerable faults, extending in every direction.
These are especially frequent in the higher beds of the series
where the measures are less persistent and more rapidly divided by
alternating beds of shale, sandstone and coal. These strata being
thinner were necessarily more easily influenced by the distributing
force, and being further removed from the line of elevation and
near the centre of the trough-like synclinal, had not only the
pressure from the west to resist, but also that of the comparatively
little influenced tract to the eastwards, which caused them to be
broken into innumerable cube-like masses, whose relative lateral
positions were much changed and faulted.
Subsequent denudation removed great masses of the much
broken strata and planed it down to more or less even surfaces
before the deposition of the Permian Limestones. This is amply
proved by the position which these limestones occupy with regard
to the underlying beds. The millstone grits, after extending in
a north and south direction from Derbyshire to the neighbourhood
of Halifax, make a great curve eastwards, and the whole of the
district west of the Permian Escarpment, north of Leeds to the
boundary of the county is composed of these rocks. The several
sandstones and shales included in the divisions known as the
‘Rough Rock,” immediately below the coal measures, the
third grits, at Plumpton and Spofforth, and the equivalents of the
Kinder Scout Grits the lowest beds, occuring in the neighbour-
hood of Ripon and northwards, successively disappear beneath the
limestone escarpment with a southerly dip and a strike east and
west; the opposite direction to that of the superimposed limestone.
South of the neighbourhood of Leeds the successive beds of the
coal measures dip under the limestone, always unconformably,
the sequence of the strata from the lower coal measures north of
Leeds, to the uppermost beds the Red Rocks at Rotherham, being
successively obscured.
In the West Riding the Permian rocks consist of the follow- |
ing beds :-—
DAVIS: EXPOSED SECTIONS. WgeT
Upper Marls with Gypsum and Sandstone.
Upper Limestone.
Middle Marls with Gypsum.
Small Grained Dolomite.
Lower Limestone.
* Quicksand.
These rocks extend with varying modifications in a long
narrow strip, rarely more than four or five miles in ‘breadth from
east to west, from Nottinghamshire through Yorkshire into Dur-
ham in a N.N.W. and 8.S.E. direction. They usually present an
escarpment to the westward, overlooking the undulating surface
of the coal measures. The limestones dip towards the east
beneath the New Red or Bunter Sandstone. The junction of
of the two series is rarely visible, being covered by a considerable
thickness of drift, the latter in great part composed of the
denuded Permian Limestone. The Lower Limestone occupies the
surface of the ground from Upton to the River Went beyond
Kirk Smeaton, a distance of nearly four miles. The Quicksands
which are in some localities, as at Garforth, of considerable
thickness, occur sparingly. On the east bank of the River Went
the Middle Marls occur on the slope of the hill surmounted by
the Upper Magnesian Limestone, the latter being about one mile
in breadth. The junction of the two may be seen in the cutting
about 100 yards east of the river.
The junction of the Coal Measures and the Permian Limestone
is exposed in the railway cutting near Upton Old Hall. The
former consists of shales with beds of soft raggy sandstone which
dip rapidly towards the S.W. They are a red or purplish colour.
The Permian Limestone rests unconformably on the shales and
extends almost horizontally towards the east.
The diagram (PI. IV., Fig. 1) represents the section exhibit-
ing the position of the two series of rocks. The Coal Measures
are highly inclined and also considerably displaced, and broken by
faults. The section is taken from the north side of the cutting ;
the greatest depth exposed is about 20 feet, and at that point a
112 DAVIS: EXPOSED SECTIONS.
fault in the Coal Measures throws a raggy sandstone, a, against
the shales, 6, the latter nearly horizontal, the sandstone much
broken and contorted. West of the sandstone a second mass of
shales, bi, occur, and these are again thrown into juxtaposition
with the sandstone, ai, by a second fault. The remaining portion
of the cutting is in shales, forming an anticlinal, interstratified
with them, there is a bed of coal, c, six inches in thickness. The
Magnesian Limestone beds overlie those of the Coal Measures,
extending a short distance to the west of the principal fault. At
the base of the limestone is a bed of quicksand, d, about six feet
in thickness, but thinning out towards the fault where it is only
two feet thick. Itis much current-bedded; and appears in all
respects similar to the beds of quicksand at Garforth and other
places. The lower six feet of the limestone is thin-bedded and
somewhat slaty, above this it possesses the usual character of the
lower limestone, being thick-bedded and massive, with numer-
ous cavities lined with crystals of carbonate of lime.
Hastwards from the Upton section all the exposures are in the
lower limestone until the tunnel is reached. The latter for a
considerable distance from either end is quarried from the same
limestone, but towards the centre of the tunnel coal measure shales
are again met with. Beyond the tunnel the lower limestone
dips rapidly eastwards, and above it a considerable thickness of
the middle marls is exposed in the cuttings. Near the Pack Saddle
Plantation, where an accomodation bridge crosses the cutting,
the lower part is formed in the lower limestone, above which
is about eight or ten feet of Red or Purple Marl. Between the
two, in hollows on the surface of the limestone are small lenticular
masses of unctuous yellow clay. (PI. IV., Fig. 2).
Eastwards from the River Went, near Little Smeaton, the
middle marls in turn ‘disappear beneath the Upper Limestone.
The junction of the two may be seen in the cutting about a 100
yards beyond the river, dipping rapidly eastwards. The marls
are composed of a yellow sandy clay, with about four inches of
et
i? =, - : 7 « +
i] : =
& 7 4
i {
s
> bi -
i)
“ *
a] & ;
be» §
)
rm
¥
7 r
= *
4
Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc,, N.S. Vol. VIUII., Pl. IV.
fig! Section at Upton in a Cutting |
aw sandstone.
b b/ 62. Shales.
ce Coat.
lig 2. Section of Limestone ana Middle Marts.
a. Red Mart.
b. Yellow Clay.
Cc. Lewer famestone.
the Hull and barnsley Radway
e, | é, Ee
AG a ba ae Magnesian Limestone
a. Vacksand.
2. F hinwestones.
oe Peeeas -
Sek TG PARC se oe at SRO tt SNS
wees bed eS PP SPE: SS se REM nee ee
| = eat =z — Le
lig. 3 Junction of Middle Marts & Upper Limestone.
a. Yellow Sandy Mari.
b. Blue Sandy Clay.
C. Lhin Bedded Linvestone with Mart lartings.
ad
Proc, York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc,, N.S. Vol. VIII. Pl. IV.
Fig! Section at Upton in a Cutting on the lull and Barnsley Railway,
{
SS 19
ff of
Cc. 62. Gh SB cen
Oe pe : : Coal Measures.
a. Sandstone.
b bs b2. Shales.
e Coad.
e. ie.
-— Magnesian Limestone.
a. Cracksand.
e. & Limestones
lig 2. Section of Limestone and Middle Marts.
a. Ret Marl
b. Yellow Clay.
ce. Lower Limestone.
Lig. 3 Junction of Middle Marts & Upper Limestone.
a. Yellow Sandy Mart.
6. Blue Sandy Clay
©. Thin Bedded Limestone with Marl lartings.
DAVIS: EXPOSED SECTIONS. 113
a blue sandy clay. The limestone is thin-bedded with thin part-
ings of clay or marl. (PI. IV., Fig. 3).
NOTES ON THE EXCURSION TO THE WEST-RIDING OF YORK-
SHIRE: TOGETHER WITH PRELIMINARY REMARKS BY
W. H. HUDDLESTON, F.G.S., PRES. OF THE GEOLOGIST’S
ASSOCIATION, LONDON.
The West Riding of Yorkshire exceeds in extent either Devon-
shire or Lincolnshire, yet in spite of its size the Carboniferous
Rocks alone form a very large percentage of its area—a circum-
stance no doubt contributing largely to its wealth and importance,
Thus, when people hear of the West- Riding, visions of smoke and
steam, of factories, collieries, forges, and all the concomitants of a
black country present themselves to the imagination. Yet the
district visited on this occasion has none of these things, being
purely agricultuaal or pastoral, mostly the latter; not densely in-
habited, and constituting an agreeable tract of hill country which
becomes mountainous towards the west. It forms part of a large
block of older Carboniferous Rocks, which a series of east and
west folds has brought to the surface between the Coal Fields of
Durham and South Yorkshire, and is included within the wapon-
takes (hundreds) of CLARO and STAINCROSS, the latter being
nearly coincident with the archdeaconry of Craven.
Claro commences where the first roots of the Penine chain
spring out of the Vale of York. Hydrographically it comprises
the whole of the basin of the Nidd, together with small portions
of the Ure on the north, and of the Wharfe on the south.
Harrogate, with nearly 10,000 inhabitants, is the largest town, but
Knaresborough must be regarded as its historic capital. Except-
114 HUDLESTON: EXCURSION.
ing strips of Trias and Permian on the east, almost the whole of
Claro is on Millstone Grit, in parts covered by Drift. The surface
ranges from 100 feet to 2,200 feet above sea level, and contains a
considerable proportion of indifferent land, some of which, how-
ever, forms the best grouse ground in the county. There are wide
upland plateaux with valleys of moderate slope: the hills never
attain to the dignity of a peak, the most salient features being
crags of gritstone, such as Almias Cliff (Kinder Grit), Brimham
tocks (Third Grit), and the rocking stones on Roggan Moor so
celebrated in the annals of shooting. The Millstone Grits of this
district contain waters of remarkable purity, and the valley of the
Washburn is now the storehouse for Leeds, just as Loch Katrine
is for Glasgow.
On reaching the valley of the Wharfe at Bolton a different
style of country begins to appear, though Bolton may be regarded
as partaking of the Millstone Grit scenery of Claro, and of the
Carboniferous Limestone scenery of Craven; where the hills are
usually tabular, but with a peaked termination in places. The
weathering of the Carboniferous Limestone produced long scaurs
or cliffs, such as those at Malham, Gordale, and Kilnsea. The
climate being wet and the soil calcareous, Craven is given over
almost wholly to grass—some of the very best and most feeding
pasturage in England. Skipton is the principal town, and has
always been regarded as its capital.*
* It used to be said that a squirrel could go from Knaresborough Castle
to Skipton Castle without once touching the ground. Those were the days
when Knaresborough Forest used to be covered with “ silva minuta,” most of
which has long since disappeared.
Knaresborough was about as far south as the marauding Scots ever got in
their numerous forays into the North of England. During the dis-organization
which succeeded the battle of Bannockburn their army ravaged the country up
to the very gates of York, (A.D. 1319). The people of Ripon paid black-mail
and were let off. The men of Knaresborough, a royal burgh, stood the risk of
battle, and were defeated. Part of the inhabitants took to the church tower,
where the Scots tried to burn them alive; the marks of the fire are said to be
still visible. The Scots returned home by way of Skipton, which was also
HUDLESTON : EXCURSION. 115
We obtain our knowledge of the geology of the country round
Harrogate chiefly from Mr. Fox Strangway’s ‘* Memoir,” whilst
the excellent work of Davis and Lees treats of the West Riding
asa whole. _
The PERMIAN rocks in the eastern part of Claro, though
mostly unfossiliferous, are not without interest. The Lower Marl
has a very slight development ; but 5 feet of red and grey marls,
belonging to this section, are to be seen in St. Helen’s Quarry,
south-east of Knaresborough. These are the marls to which
allusion will presently be made in connection with the subject of
rock staining. |
The most important member of the series is the Magnesian
Limestone. Only a few fossils have been found in this district, and
those chiefly from the lower beds, though traces of Avinus may be
seen in beds which are highly dolomitzed. At Knaresborough
the yellow earthy variety is most frequent. It lends itself to the
formation of caves, and, owing to its peculiarly friable structure,
imparts a character to the gorges through which nearly all the
harried and burnt. The route between the two towns was so desolated that
forest tenants were partly excused their rent to the King under the plea of
impoverishment.
The more modern history of Knaresborough commences with the grant by
Edward III. to John of Gaunt (4.p. 1871,) since which time the town and
district may be said to have followed the fortunes of the duchy of Lancaster.
About the same period Skipton was granted to Robert, Earl of Clifford, the
ancestor of that ruthless partizan of the House of Lancaster, who slew the boy
Earl of Rutland at the Battle of Wakefield.
We cannot doubt that, during the wars of the Roses, the district between
Knaresborough and Skipton must have been strongly Lancastrian; and thus
it came to pass that, when Henry VI. and Queen Margaret lay at York in the
spring of 1461, an order was issued, in the name of the King, to summon all
‘liege men of the forest and demesne of Knaresburgh” to join the Lancast-
rian army. This wasa few days before that fatal Palm Sunday which witnessed
the complete triumph of the Yorkists at Towton on the banks of the Cock,
When the rivers ran all gory,
And in hillocks lay the dead;
And seven and thirty thousand
Fell from the white and red.
A battle wherein more Englishmen died than any other that has yet been fought.
116 HUDLESTON: EXCURSION.
rivers of the West Riding have to pass on their way into the Vale
of York. Most of these earthy varieties contain probably about
25 per cent. of carbonate of magnesia; they are quite useless as
building stones, but make excellent mortar. This porous, spongy
sort of rock passes into yellow crystalline dolomite, frequently
showing coloured bands; the more ferruginous varieties being
studded with radiations of a metallic oxide, which is probably
magnetite.* No purer form of dolomite than this would seem to
occur in the Knaresborough district. But a few miles further
south the crystalline dolomites of Huddleston Quarry are famous;
there occurs also in Towton Field a form of Magnesian Limestone
which is concretionary in small ovoids, almost resembling an
oolite.
The Middle Marl succeeds the Magnesian Limestone, and in
some cases must overlap it. This sub-division consists of red
marls, and soft red saadstone, with some gypsum. Above it some
small remains of the Upper Limestone are visable in a cutting to
the west of Knaresborough.
The association of gypseous marls with beds of magnesian
limestone is worthy of attention as having an important bearing on
the origin of magnesian limestones, regarding which there are so
many rival theories. Is the double carbonate a contemporaneous
product, or the result of subsequent dolomitisation? Some are
disposed to regard the formation of magnesian limestone as the
Sir William Plumpton, the commander of the Knaresborough contingent, was
taken prisoner, and his son slain along with many others of less degree, so
that days of mourning fell upon the manor and forest.
The bloody Lord of Skipton, Shakespeare notwithstanding, had fallen in a
preliminary skirmish, but his youthful son, afterwards known as the Shepherd
Earl, found refuge under the care of Sir Launcelot Threlkeld in the wilds of
Saddleback, whence he emerged to resume his rank and estates on the final
triumph of the House of Lancaster.
The part played by the royal castles of Knaresborough and Skipton, during
the Parliamentary wars, is too well known to require further mention.
* These markings, on examination are seen not to be dendritic; still they
may contain some oxide of mangnanese.
HUDLESTON: EXCURSION. 117
result of precipitation in an inland sea, or at any rate of deposits
due to streams charged with carbonate of lime and sulphate of
magnesia; when, as Sterry Hunt has endeavoured to show, dolo-
mite and gypsum would be the products. Prof. Green thinks that
the paleontological facts noted in the Magnesian Limestone of
Yorkshire favour this view, and he gives a history of the sequence
of events, beginning with sandy deposits (the quicksands at the
base of the Permian in South Yorkshire), which pass into sandy
dolomites, and thence into pure dolomite. The fossils occur
mostly in the lower beds, and as the waters became more highly
charged with saline matters, so life became scanty and dwarfed.
He also looked to volcanic action as a source of supply for mag-
nesian salts; but Mr. Lucas pointed out that the requisite
materials might have been derived from the Yoredale Rocks and
Millstone Grit of the neighbourhood, which were in all probability
already above water. These questions have an additional interest
as bearing on the probable position of the old shore line of the
Permian sea in these parts, and on the date of the Pennine
upheaval.
THE MILLSTONE GRIT Series is classified by Davis under
the head of shore deposits with marine intercalations. The name
serves to show the misleading character of a petrological title, as
the group is full of shales, often containing ironstone, the smelting
of which in former years has much to do with the disappearance
of wood from Knaresborough Forest.
In the neighbourhood of Harrogate and Knaresborough the
upper divisions of the Millstone Grit, including the “‘ Rough Rock,”
are wanting, the highest beds now found belonging to the “ Third
Grits.” This circumstance is of course the result of pre-Permian
denudation, which has not only removed the Coal Measures, but a
considerable portion of the Millstone Grit likewise. Conse-
quently, in this district, the Permians repose unconformably upon
certain quartzo-felspathic grits, which are often of a red or purple
colour. These are largely developed throughout many parts of
118 HUDLESTON: EXCURSION.
the drainage area of the river Nidd, appearing in moderate eleva-
tions at Plompton, but rising to a height of nearly 1,000 feet
above sea level in Brimham Rocks.
It is these Plompton Grits which the older geologists were
disposed to regard as the equivalent of the “ Rothliegende,” appa-
rently from a general impression that the base of the Permian
should be red, in order to correspond with the beds in Germany.
The Red Rock of Rotherham, now known to be a member of the
Upper Coal Measures, was for a long time classed with the
“ Rothliegende,” in deference probably to the opinions of Phillips
and Sedgwick. Itis hardly necessary to repeat that, throughout
Yorkshire, the unconformity of the true Permian to all members
of the Carboniferous is one of the most marked features in the
stratigraphy of the country. This was recognized by Phillips, and
yet he persisted in regarding the Plompton Grits as ‘ Rothlie-
gende.” Mr. Binney seems to have been the first to suspect,
from the character of the few fossil plants occasionally found in
these beds, that they were not of Permian age, whilst later on,
Mr. Clifton Ward and the Government Surveyors succeeded in
establishing their true stratigraphical position as members of the
Millstone Grit.
The coloration of these beds has also been the subject of much
controversy. The causes which have produced rock-staining in
the underlying beds, at the junction of the Permian and Car-
boniferous of these parts, may not be all of the same nature. Mr.
Ward thought that the prevalence of a red colour in the under-
lying rock might be due to some action exerted by the Magnesian
Limestone on the percolations; and this notion has attained a
certain degree of acceptance, though it is difficult on chemical
grounds to see exactly what the nature of such action can be.
Moreover, it is quite an open question whether there really is any
increase of red colour in the grits which lie beneath the Magnesian
Limestone ; indeed, that there is any such increase is denied by
Mr. Lucas, who, as before mentioned, was inclined to attribute
ti os
HUDLESTON: EXCURSION. 119
some of the red colouring to a lower marl now removed. In many
parts of the Nidd valley the stratum of grit in actual conjunction
with the Magnesian Limestone is often less highly coloured than
the bed below. There can be very little doubt that much of the
red colour of the Plompton Grits is due to the quantity of red
felspar which they contain, so that possibly the principal causes
were pre-existent within the rock itself.
The fossiliferous horizon known as the Cayton Gill beds, (¢ of
the diagram. Fig. 1), is seen on both sides of the Harrogate anti-
clinal. Productus semireticulatus is the most abundant fossil ;
Streptorhynchus crenistria is fairly plentiful, as also a very pretty
Fenestella ; the joints of Encrinites are very abundant.
Kinder-Grits.—The base of the Millstone Grits consists of
three thick grit beds associated with still thicker shales. Some of
these grits have been extensively used for building stone at
Harrogate, but they are very porous. Though usally pretty
free from strong colours, these beds are occasionally very purple,
though exposure soon removes the tint. The outliers of the Mill-
stone Grit Series in Craven mostly belong to this section.
YOREDALE Rocks.—This is a group established by Phillips
for a variable series of beds between the Carboniferous or Scar
Limestone of Craven, and the Millstone Grit. It is well devoloped
in Craven and throughout the west, consisting of shales, lime-
stones, and peculiar grits, often calciferous. In the bed of Hodder,
Yoredale Shales, with their limestones and layers of ironstone,
give rise to springs containing sulphuretted hydrogen. In Bolland
Forest these shales are dark and full of molluscan and fish remains.
Near Skipton the Yoredale Rocks consist of calcareous shales
and limestones with many fossils, the beds sometimes being of a
ferruginous and bituminous character; sulphur springs occur there
in a position somewhat analogous to those at Harrogate. The
aliitude of the Yoredale Rocks at the latter place may be gathered
from the diagram, P1]. IV, Fig. 1. Very little is known about the
shales of this group, but the Harrogate roadstone (a of the dia-
120 HUDLESTON: EXCURSION.
gram) is a remarkable rock; below this are other shales and
another peculiar grit.
The Yoredale Grits at Harrogate are so peculiar that, being
in some way connected also with the phenomena of the sulphur
springs, a brief description may be useful, before proceeding to
consider the subject of the waters themselves. A large hand
specimen from the Beckwithshaw quarry shows three different
phases. Firstly, a fine-grained quartzo-felspathic grit without
lime ; secondly, a calciferous encrinital grit, where the lime has
mostly been removed, but where the structure of the crinoidal
stem is better brought out in consequence; thirdly a more cal-
careous portion. <A hand specimen from the bottom of the sulphur
well on Harlow Carr is a very fine-grained quartzo-felspathic grit
with much white mica, and coaly matter in bands and blotches.
In the Low Harrogate quarry (Cold Bath Road), the crinoidal
character is very prevalent, and where the soluble matter has been
removed, it becomes a spongy, silicious, encrinital grit. The de-
composition of this rock produces a good soil, but we may well
believe that the surface beds have already parted with some of
their constituents, and the iron-stained nature of the joint faces
points in the same direction; it is in the stuff formed in these
cracks that the little double-pyramid quartz crystals, known as
Harrogate diamonds, have been deposited.
The Harrogate waters,* both sulphur and iron, occur in con-
nection with a triangular patch of Yoredale rocks, of which a cross
section is seen in P]. IV., Fig. 1. This patch is bounded towards the
N.W. by the main fault, and extends for about three miles S.W.
of Harrogate. There are about 80 springs in all. The strongest
waters rise in the little valley of Low Harrogate between the Bog
Field, 375 feet, and the Montpelier Spa, 335 feet. This is the
nucleus of the sulphur waters; the strong iron waters are near,
but usually occupy an outer area. It is evident that an iron water
* For further details consult ‘‘The Harrogate Waters,” by George Oliver,
M.D.—H. K. Lewis, London.
HUDLESTON: EXCURSION. 121
and a sulphur water are incompatable, yet they wait closely on
each other, and must in some way be connected. One of the
great puzzles is to understand how they are kept apart in the ducts
which convey them to the surface. The very high angle of the
beds, and the peculiar jointing of the encrinital grit probably have
something to do with it.
The composition of the Harrogate waters has often been
studied from a therapeutical point of view, but it has also its
geological aspect, and recent observations have brought out some
features of considerable importance in this direction. Henceforth
there will be less difficulty in understanding the vein deposits of
the Carboniferous Series, as here we have an opportunity of test-
ting the vital fluids of the rocks, as it were, in the act of circula-
tion. An inspection of the accompanying table may serve to
illustrate this.
The five waters, whose analysis is there given, are representa-
tive of the chief varieties. Technically the Sulphur waters are
divided into strong saline, mild saline, and pure, the latter term
being merely relative. It may also be noted that No. 3, selected
as a type of the “ pure sulphur,” is situated at some distance from
the triangular patch of Yoredale Rocks previously mentioned, and
very near the junction of the Millstone Grit Shales with the
Middle Permian Marls. At the same time it is not improbable
that this spring may represent an overflow (from a spring) at
Bilton, which is more in the direction of a slight prolongation of the
anticlinal axis. In consequence of the absence in this water of
the chlorides of the alkaline earths, there is a fair amount of alka-
line carbonates, and the same is the case with the spring at Harlow
Carr on the other side of Low Harrogate. In fact the further
away from Low Harrogate the less amount of chloride occurs in
the sulphur springs.
The Old Sulphur Well yields a pretty uniform supply, amount-
to about 12 gallons per hour, though in the very dry year, 1868,
there was some mention made of a threatened deficiency. The
L222 HUDLESTON: EXCURSION.
temperature is evidently pretty nearly that of the air, so that no
appreciable amount of extraneous heat can be detected. Indeed,
it may be said that all the waters of Harrogate are “cold,” and,
with one exception (the Alum Well), they have all a markedly
alkaline reaction. Roughly calculating the Old Sulphur Well
would yield seven tons of chlorides per annum, including 100 lbs.
of Barium Chloride,* and 37 lbs. of Magnesium Bromide, with
some Iodide. It would also produce 240 lbs. of Sodium Hydrosul-
phide (NaHs.)
The origin or source of these abundant impregnations has
naturally been a matter of considerable difficulty. The most
probable explanation is that the springs, though not superficial, are
far from being deep-seated, and that the water supply comes
mostly from the Harlow Hill district, which attains 600 feet
elevation, and attracts a rainfall that cannot well average less than
85 inches annually. That the supply is not superficial may be
inferred from the fact that the drainage from the Bog Field had no
effect on the delivery of the waters, and thus the notion, held by
Phillips, as to the bog origin of the sulphur waters would seem to
be untenable. The large quantity of chlorides look very much as
if a portion of the water of the sea or of an estuaryt had been
evaporated and the salts incorporated with the Yoredale Rocks
during their formation. There is abundant evidence, both in this
neighbourhood and elsewhere, of the quantity of organic matter,
* Barium Chloride was not noticed by Hoffmann, in 1854; and that chemist
only found traces of Bromides and Iodides. Improvements in methods of
analysis may account for the difference.
t The total Solids of the Mediterranean compared with those of the Baltic,
present the following per centage differences. (Bischof, Vol. 1.)
MEDITERRANEAN. BALTIC.
Solids A ha 3 377 an or MELE
Haloids ... ee we CEE) Boo ae a 943
Sulphates me ba 102) ee Se cen 5
Carbonates osc BAL BIN ts iid ie 4
Jee
1a =
8-GE
¢-GOT an
‘ITVS NI SNIVAD
UNSAXO JO PUB UdHOApAY pojpo.iNqavo Jo soovay pure
SOPLUOGAVO OUl[VY[V [BIO J, i ° ser aes .
9.0 ie Ss ise ate
Of ‘SIT “VO soyeuoqivo [eyo y, 0-8. “te ai "3 ey
309 sployey [v40 J, alee aS i
“TITVD NI SNIVUD
"PEST “uueUjoy]
eee oe eee
‘UdSOIPU OOS TIM ‘plow otuoqavo AT[edioulg—'saspvy
SpIjos [P49.L
1O}JVUL OIUBSIC)
ae a5 "orig
zi ~ oyeydyns wmi1myed
oyeUuogivo WINISSseyog
“eqnuoqivo UINIpOs
ae oyeuogivo SNOUAA
oJVuogivo WINISOUse
oyeuoqgiva WINO[VD
a SO OUT
| pie eran Ee
SpI[Os [24],
BOUrS
“* oyeydins wmiieg
soyvuoqivo ATYIVO [840 J, ae ¥y | ie uh oe
(oe Sas e - a
-spropeq qwon, 4 vera .
| 2-868 eee eee oe
‘ITVS NI SNIVAO
‘e2Qy ‘adsoyy, “CIOHaTAG ores Su0NG) TITM YAHATAS ATQ—'T ‘ON
> ———_ soyeyains a.
i soyVuogivo oul[VoTy
OJVUOGIVO UMISOUSe],
sige eyvuogieo WINIO[VO
eprlmoig fe
OprIpoy WANIsoUSe I
QPOs ‘9.9 TOV “¢-Sh TOV) ‘O-T 10 "HN 1-0 TOMI ‘9-6 1OM
epLLoyyo wMNIpeg
“SHUSAIVNV—SUECLVYM ALVOOUAIVH
(ALVATATVHO ONG) TITM S.NHOP “LS—'c'oN
UOSOIPU pur UOSAXO YIM JUNO oyvIoOpot UI ‘plow otuoqavo ATTediouLg—'sasvsy
HARROGATE WATERS.—ANALYSES.
No, 1.—OLD SULPHUR WELL (Strong saline SULPHUR). Thorpe, 1875.
GRAINS IN GALL, GRAINS IN GALL.
Sadlumictloritiayes =
KCl. 9:6, LiCl. 0-7, NH, Cl 1-0, Gach, 435, Bah 66,3 Higoiss Guenter ee
Magnesinim|Todido :
n Bromide
Galen GI TEB Motaltonctiyfoarunnatae 858
Magnesium carbonate
Alealine carbonates nil.
Sulphates ‘ nil.
Silica... 0 . 07
Soprum Hyprosutruate (NaHS) vee B se che a cee vee 52
Fe, SP3 0;, Alo O3 and organic matter cco 005 £0 “on on Ro ee oD nee) ... traces,
1407-2
Total solids co ro
GASES.
Note.—The amount of free HsS found by Thorpe dissolved in water is given at an amount = 3:7 grains per gallon. In his paper in the “ Journal
of the Chemical Society” no other gases are mentioned. Hoffman in 1854 found carbonic acid 22 cubic inches, carburetted hydrogen
6 enbiec inches, nitrogen 3 cubie inches. He also states that the bubbles rising from these waters spontaneously consist mainly of
carburetted hydrogen and nitrogen.
Temperature —In 1872 this was found to range betweon 46°F and 52°F,
No 2.— MAGNESIA” WELL (Mild saline SULPHUR). Muspratt, 1867.
Hospital Mild Sulphur,
GRAINS IN GALL. GRAINS IN GALL,
Sodium chloride... = - 5
KCl. 27-9, BaCl, 1-2, Mg Ole 1:8
Todides, &e. Re =
Calcium Carbonate
Magnesium Carbonate
Alealine carbonates
Total haloids,,. te cee 2459
. traces
Thof Total earthy carbonates
YDROSULPIIDE (Na Hs) nO coo 0 6 é ro en .
Si. Fo, Mn, on oe 260 231 tes eo aos deo ee toa na oe +. traces.
Total solids ... vee vee tee see tes ve a wee os ee tee 2804
GASES. Z
Nore.—There scems to have been no separate estimation of the gaseous and alkaline sulphides. A moderate amount of carbonic acid was found
together with some carburetted hydrogen, nitrogen, and a little oxygen. ,
No. 3.—STARBECK SPA WATER (PURE SULPHUR). Fairley, 1879.
GRAINS IN GALL. GRAINS IN GALL.
Sodium chloride mai Total haloids = moeeiic
LiGl, BaCly
Calcium carbonate 100) Total oarthy carbonates 185
Magnesium carbonate Bb)
*Sodium carbonate 145) Total alkaline carbonates =... = «151
*Potassium carbonate
Calcium sulphate .. re)
Silica 32
Soprum Hyprosutrupe (Na HS) 14
Total solids +. bap - ses 1615
* According to Hoffman’s analysis in 1854 the Sonoran of Nar 003 to Ke CO; is mani seca ‘Gases not esrmncer
No.4—* KISSENGEN” WATER (Strong saline CHALYBEATE). Attfield, 1879.
GRAINS IN GALL. GRAINS IN GALL,
Sodium chloride .. 6745
KCl 21-5, LiCl tr, BED C10. 4, CaCl, 87, stole: 0: 8, MgCl, 655 1783 ‘Total haloids... se con 850-7
Todidesy&c. 6 frase
Calcium carbonate ait
Barium carbonate .. Total carbonates of Ca. Mg. Fo 207
Ferrous carbonate fs “39
Alkaline carbonates
Barium sulphate ...
Silica
Total solids ve
Gases.—Principally carbonic acid, in | moderato amount with oxygen and nitrogen.
No.d.—Sv. JOHN’s WELL (Pure CHALYBEATE). Hofmann, 1854. :
GRAINS IN GALL. GRAINS IN GALL,
Sodium chloride ... xe on coe ‘2 a ay -» 15) otal haloid =
Todides é = = ss P Aitraces:f, ;1ofabRalolda - ox Me
Calcium earbonate | oe 23,
Magnesium carbonate 3-0- Total carbonates Ca. Mg. Fo 59
Ferrous carbonate 0-6)
Sodium carbonate... 13)», cali
parasinmlenehonate Loy Total alkaline carbonates eat 23
Calcium sulphate .. Sct OB
Silica cs oe 7 oO fre er . cy ass oe i.
Organic matter ... cas oD am oD a oon on So ft a FD eer) tr,
Total solids an a ef n ne Ax a0 “a te ro 10:0
Gases.—Principally carbonic acid, with some nitrogen, and traces of carburetted hydrogen and of oxygen.
*
HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION. 1235
chiefly of vegetable origin, locked up in the Yoredale Rocks.
Tience it is not unreasonable to believe that the putrefactive
distillation of such organic matter, acting very slowly and through
long periods of time, effects more or less the complete deoxidiza-
tion of the sulphates, and that to this we owe the quantity of
sulphide present in the Harrogate waters. The considerable
quantity of carburetted hydrogen and of nitrogen found by
Hoffmann favour this view, which is much strengthened by the
almost complete absence of oxygen, showing that the nitrogen
present is due to organic decomposition. At the same time the
very slight traces of phosphoric acid would show that this mainly
arises from vegetable matter.
EXCURSION ON THE 17TH JULY, AND FIVE FOLLOWING DAYS.
Directors:—-W, H. HUDLESTON, F.G.8., ETC., President of
the. Geologists’ Association, London; AND JAMES W. DAVIS,
F.G.S., ETC., Honorary Secretary of the Yorkshire Geological
and Polytechnic Society.
The London contingent arrived at Harrogate on Monday
afternoon, and having secured quarters at the Prospect Hotel,
re-assembled with the other members of the party at the Old
Sulphur Well. Here they tested the quality of the water for
which the place is celebrated, and availed themselves of the per-
mission which was given to them to descend underneath the
floor of the building to inspect the springs which supply the pump-
room above. The President of the Geological Association, London,
who on this occasion was the director, offered a few remarks on
the chemical composition of the water and of several other sulphur
waters of Harrogate. Ile was enabled to illustrate his observa-
tions by means of a number of specimen tubes containing the saline
contents of one gallon of each of the various waters to be found
in the town, and by this method the different volumes were at
once perceived. These very interesting tubes had been prepared
from evaporations conducted by Mr. Davis, chemist, of Harrogate.
They are the property of theHarrogate Improvement Commission-
124 HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION.
ers, who kindly lent them for the occasion. Mr. W. H. Wyles
(the Clerk to the Commissioners), and Mr. W. W. Harry (the
engineer) afforded the party every facility in the examination of
the specimens. Whilst the company were thus engaged, Dr
Oliver, who is well known as the author of a valuable work on
‘‘ Tlarrogate Waters,” appeared at the wells and supplemented the
President’s observations. Dr. Oliver dwelt more especially upon
the geological conditions under which the water finds it way to
the surface in connection with the very remarkable anticlinal
which is known to exist at Low Harrogate. The singular strati-
graphy of Harrogate arrested the attention of geologists a long
time ago. Mr. Wm. Smith, the father of English geology, was
the first to appreciate the peculiarity, but although he recognized
that there was an anticlinal or upthrust of lower rocks, extending
from Harlow Hill to Lower Harrogate, he appears to have thought
that within that anticlinal there was a synclinal basin towards
which the springs gravitated. Later on, his nephew, the late
Professor Phillips, who for forty years had given great considera-
tion to the peculiarities of the geology of Harrogate, drew the
attention of the Geological Society of London to the very remark-
able features of the district, the difficulties in regard to which had
been to some extent cleared up during the making of the new rail-
way across the stray. The subject of the anticlinal was treated
generally in a diagram in the paper brought before the Geological
Society by Professor Phillips, and the relation of the millstone
grit beds to the north and south of the Yoredale rocks beneath
was made very clear. At the same time Professor Phillips seems
to have had a notion that there was a sort of synclinal towards
the apex of the anticlinal, and his section at this part of the
diagram is somewhat obscure and difficult to comprehend.
When the party left the Old Sulphur Wells they proceeded to
verify the stratigraphical facts in connection with the anticlinal, and
for this purpose walked to the well-known road-stone quarry in the
Cold Bath Road. This stone is one of the hard beds of the Yore-
HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION. 125
dale rocks, and is a calciferous grit very largely charged with the
remains of encrinites. In the Cold Bath Road quarries these
rocks may be seen dipping at a considerable angle in a south
easterly direction. In the bed of the stream, just at the back of
the old sulphur well, the same rock is observed to dip in a direc-
tion somewhat to the north of east, and a little further up the
hill, underneath Cornwall house, this same bed dips at a very high
angle indeed, nearly due north. These facts are taken to indicate
that there exists an anticlinal dome, which is here seen to be dying
out to the eastward, and the north side of the anticlinal is very
much steeper than the south—in fact, the anticlinal itself is fract-
ured a little on the north-west side of what may be presumed to
be its principal axis by a great fault which causes the road-stone
to be brought into juxtaposition with the lower beds of the mill-
stone grit. There are geologists at Harrogate who consider that
the axis of this swelling or anticlinal is to be found beneath the
Stray rather than at the sulphur springs, and this view receives
some substantiation from the appearances which were noted when
the railway was made across the Stray. The probable explanation
is, that the Harrogate road-stone and its accompanying shales are
bent into more than one series of curves, and that one of these
curves very nearly reaches the surface in the railway cutting. <A
northerly dip of the beds near the Low Harrogate Church is further
evidence of the probability of this view. ‘The party having satis-
fied themselves as to the reality of the anticlinal axis, were con-
ducted to the Bog Springs, where there are something like 34
different sources of sulphur and iron waters. Dr. Oliver here
indicated the peculiarities of the position and nature of the several
waters, and deduced from his observations the fact that as a rule
the sulphur springs occupy an inner position, and that the iron
spring's are without, on either side of the main axis or upheaval.
The nature of the several wells was pointed out, and attention was
especially drawn to the very abnormal water known as the * Alum
Well.” It may be mentioned that one of the characteristics of
126 HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION.
the sulphur waters at Harrogate is the absence, more or less
complete, of sulphates, This peculiarity enables many of the
Harrogate waters to act as carriers of salts of barium and strontium,
which would otherwise be insoluble. In the “ Alum Well,” how-
ever, a large quantity of sulphates exist. The probability is that
this is due to the shallow origin of the spring, whose waters
become oxidised, and this may account for the very considerable
quantity of sulphates and the acid reaction so exceptional to the
waters of this neighbourhood. Having spent some time at the
springs, the company walked to Birk Crag, where they had an
opportunity of looking from that very picturesque ridge of mill-
stone grit over the wild and dreary scenery of Haverah Park,
which consists entirely of the grits and shales of the millstone
grit group. These rocks are noted for the purity of their waters.
Oak Beck, which flows through Haverah Park, has been utilised
for the purpose of supplying the town of Harrogate with pure
water, just as the Washburn River has been adapted for supplying
Leeds. The remainder of the evening was spent by the party in
walking round by Harlow Carr and the back of Harlow [ill to
Harrogate. They afterwards met at the Prospect Hotel and
were very kindly welcomed to Harrogate by M. Richard Carter,
F.G.8., of Spring Bank, Harrogate, who, with Mr. Harry and other
gentlemen, had done much to facilitate the success of the excursion.
On Tuesday, the party left Harrogate for Knaresborough by
an early train, and after a brief inspection of the old castle at the
latter place, descended to the foot of the cliff on which what is
left of the ancient pile stands. Here the unconformable junction
of the magnesian limestone upon the millstone grit was pointed
out by the president of the association and verified by the -
members. From this point they crossed the river for the purpose
of visiting the Dropping Well, which is too well known to need
description. Mr. Hudleston took occasion to explain the
nature of the waters which flow over the rock. The stream
supplying these waters springs out of the adjacent cliff, and
HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION. 127
represents the drainage of a hollow originating in the high ground
towards Belmont. The ground is chiefly made up of the Middle
Permian Marls, and it is to the salts in these marls that we must
trace the impregnation of the Dropping Well Waters.
The following is an old analysis of the waters of the stream :—
Grains to the gallon.
Carbonate of soda wie ae “ are Ae 6
Carbonate of lime ee ae ae Bee a 23
Sulphate of lime a seas oie pe bps bay
~ Sulphate of Magnesia... hae = i be il
Potaly =) a i?
The deposit upon the sponges and other substances which are
placed at the well, consist almost wholly of carbonate of lime, the
amount of sulphate of lime deposited being very small indeed, not-
withstanding the very large quantity found in the water. Mr.
Simpson, the lessee of Long Walk and the “ Mother Shipton Inn,”
recently possessed himself of some magnificent specimens of
sponges, which, from their porous nature, show the action of the
deposit remarkably well, Some time was spent by the party in
examining the caves in the valley of the Nidd, and in listening to
the stories of St. Robert and of Eugene Aram, after which they
crossed the river at Grimbald Bridge and finally took leave of the
magnesian limestone where the romantic Grimbald Crag is ter-
minated by a small fault on its western side. Plumpton Rocks, a
mile and a half distant, were next visited. These rocks are
interesting to geologists as having been regarded in former days
as forming a portion of the Permian series, equivalent to the
German ‘ Rothliegende.” The researches of the Government
surveyors in recent years have shown that these rocks are really
nothing more than the highest beds in this district of the mill-
stone grit series, which are unconformably overlaid, as already
noted in the Nidd Valley by the Permian Rocks, The extraor-
dinary action of the weather upon these rocks afforded matter for
endless speculation. In this respect the Plumpton Rocks, which
are the same bed of grit which forms the Brimham Rocks at a
128 HUDDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION.
higher level, are possibly more singular and grotesque in their
weathering, than even the Brimham Rocks themselves. The
party now divided, some returning to Harrogate in carriages, the
others walking ulong the road. In the afternoon they were
joined by Mr. J. W. Davis, and about a dozen of the most
euthusiastic members of the party including that gentleman and the
president, drove to inspect the new quarry of Harrogate road-stone -
at Beckwithshaw. A small spring of sulphur water has recently
been discovered near there by Dr. Oliver. In the evening, Mr.
Hudleston congratulated the members on the arrival of Mr. Davis,
and placed the direction of the excursions for the remainder of
the week in his hands.
Wednesday was an important day for the excursionists, as
they had to transfer themselves in conveyances from the base of
operations at Harrogate to Skipton, via Knaresborough Forest
and Bolton. The early part of the journey was sufficiently dreary,
the scenery of this portion of Knaresborough Forest being some-
what tame and uninteristing. A number of fossils were discov-
ered amongst the stone heaps on the roadside near the Little
Wonder Inn, these coming from the well-known quarries in the
millstone grit series, near Hampsthwaite. The excessive rarity
of fossils in the millstone grit makes their occurrence in this bed
of considerable interest. They appear to differ but slightly from
species known to exist in the carboniferous limestone. Having
safely passed the ‘“‘ dangerous corner ” the director and his follow-
ers descended into the valley of the Washburn, where the extra-
ordinary size of the artificial lakes provided for the Leeds water
supply struck everyone with astonishment. The Pass of Kexgill, —
the next object of interest on the route, presents evidence of the
anticlinical axis in the way in which the grit rocks dip on either
side. Having reached the summit of this pass, the party drove
rapidly down the descent to Bolton Bridge, and at about half-past
twelve arrived at the Devonshire Arms, where a substantial lunch,
for which the excursionists were well prepared, was served,
HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION. 129
About four hours were devoted to Bolton Abbey and the Strid,
where many of the gentlemen from the south for the first time
saw one of the most beautiful and interesting spots in Yorkshire ;
indeed, so fascinated were they with the charms of this delightful
valley, that it was rather late when the journey was resumed. It
may be stated that the Strid is cut through what is known as the
Kinderscout grit, being the lowest grit of the millstone series,
Opposite Bolton Abbey there is a very fine section in the Yore-
dale shales, showing both faults and contortions. This is on the
north side of the anticlinical. The stratigraphical phenomena
between Bolton and Skipton are of the most marvellous kind. The
long system of disturbances extending from the neighbourhood of
Clitheroe to Harrogate, here assumes a most striking phase, and
the quarries exhibit some extraordinary sections in consequence.
The first quarries visited are known as the Hambleton Rock Quar-
ries, where the Skipton rock, supposed to be mountain limestone,
has been forced into a vertical position, and is variously contorted.
Continuing the drive towards Skipton, the party made a diversion
in the direction of Draughton Quarry, an excavation in the Yor-
dale rocks, where some remarkable phenomena of rock curvature
may be seen to great advantage. Some of the choicest of these
have been photographed by the Yorkshire Society, and form beau-
tiful pictures, apart from their supreme geological interest. The
excursionists had some difficulty in finding their carriages again.
Skipton was not reached until a late hour in the evening, and it
was some time before the party were settled in their various
quarters, but, thanks to the admirable arrangements made by the
Honorary Secretary, everything was finally put to rights.
By an early train on Thursday morning the members of the
Societies travelled from Skipton to Bell Busk, and most of them
walked from thence to Malham, a distance of nearly five miles.
The hillocky character of the ground, due to the glacial deposits
was noticed. Malham Cove is situated on the line of the south
Craven fault. (See diagram.) The director having arrived
130 HUDDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION.
at the foot of that remarkable cliff, just where the river Aire
springs from the base of the precipice, drew attention to the
geological characteristics of the scene, more especially in con-
nection with the underground course of the water which disappears
a little to the south of Malham Tarn. The party retraced their
steps in the direction of the village of Malham, and then walked
to Gordale Scar, some of the gentlemen visiting Janet’s Cave on
the way. The gorge at Gordale is an excavation in what is
known as the Scar Limestone, which is the lowest member of the
carboniferous series in this district. The visitors were scarcely
prepared for such an impressive scene, and nearly all agreed that
it is one of the most remarkable spots, not only in Yorkshire, but
in England, and that probably no part of the carboniferous lime-
stone, not even excepting the celebrated Cheddar Cliffs, can
compete with Gordale in wonder and magnificence. The stream
which flows through this extraordinary gorge, by its numerous
waterfalls, adds largely to the interest of the scene. There can
be very little doubt that this excavation is almost entirely the
result of water action, aided to a certain extent by rock-jointing
in the first instance. The scramble up the gorge is a somewhat
difficult undertaking, but was safely accomplished, and the whole
of the party finally stood on the limestone pavement of the moors
above. From thence a rather rough walk led them to within a
short distance of Malham Tarn, which is said to be situated on
Silurian rocks and boulder clay. At the place where the water
sinks, to reappear, as already stated, at the foot of Malham Cove,
the director read the following interesting communication from
Mr. Walter Morrison with reference to the underground course
of the water, which disappears at this point.
“ MALHAM TARN, BELLBUSK, JULY, 10TH, 1882.
“PEAR SIR,
‘‘Very unfortunately I have to leave home on Wednesday,
July 19th, for a Board Meeting in London on the Thursday, and
a Meeting of a Company of which I am a director, on the Friday.
HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION. 131
It will thus be impossible for me to join you; but I assure you
in all honesty, that I regret it very much; as an amateur geolo-
gist learns a great deal from accompanying experts in the field.
“The following notes may be of interest when you come
into this parish, and may be new to you. Two years ago the
Bradford Philosophical Institute came here to ascertain what
becomes of the water of Malham Tarn after it disappears at the
water-sinks south of the Tarn, The plan adopted was as follows:
on the previous day I opened the sluice at the foot of the Tarn,
and so lowered the water a foot below its normal level. Thus the
beck running out of the Tarn became very low, almost dry, when
we closed the sluice again, only allowing a mere trickle of water
to run along the beck to keep the beck trout alive. On the next
day we all compared watches, and then parties were placed to
watch at the spring under Malham Cove and at Aire Head, the
very strong spring which you will find marked on the one inch
Ordnance Map, some 300 yards north-east of the farm house,
called Kirkby Top, which is 800 yards south of Malham. Marks
were placed in the water at each place. At 1 p.m. exactly, I
let the tarn water out by the sluice, and it ran in a muddy stream,
and with a rush down the beck to the water-sinks. The water-
sinks were reached in 20 minutes; and in 65 minutes from then
the water began to rise at Aire Head; in 5 minutes more the
Aire Head was boiling up with a very turbid stream. The water
at Malham Cove began to rise at 110 minutes from the time when
the released tarn water reached the water-sinks, but did not rise
much, nor was it turbid, so I infer that both Aire Head and Cove
Springs are connected with the water sinks, but that a lower
channel of a certain capacity communicates with Aire Head and
another passage branching from it with the cove spring, which
latter receives the tarn water when the Aire Head passage has
become filled. The cove water in normal times probably comes
from a water-sink in a pasture called Streets, south-west of the
Tarn, but we have not been able to prove this.
132 HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION.
‘In walking from Malham the best foot road is by Well
Head Lathe; it is shorter and prettier. By the carriage road
observe at Carlton the conspicuous white farm house; this is on
the site of the house of General Lambert. The church is interest-
ing, observe the Saxon or Norman Font, the niches for saints in
the pillars, said to be a characteristic of churches built by the
Tempest family ; also the Lambert Monuments.
‘On Malham Moor the Silurian Rock crops out at the point
where the road to Kilnsey crosses the beck above Gordale; in
the line of springs between Waterhouses Caponer: in the bed of
the beck in Streets Pasture; in the Grip by the side of the road
near Caponer; on Black Hill, Catrigg Pasture, Neals Ing, and
then at Horton.
‘Two stones in the Tarn near to, and; north-of the great
Close Plantation, are a conglomerate of fragments of slate mixed
and cemented with lime. They just show above water. Bye the
bye, will your party want my boats? I have three. Will any
of them care to fish? If so write to me and I will tell my
keepers.
‘“‘ Believe me, yours very faithfully,
“WW. MORRISON.”
“JAMES W. DAVIS.
The opinion was expressed that the water at once falls into the
north branch of the Craven fault, which crosses the moors about
this spot. The kindness of Mr. Morrison in offering the party
the use of boats and other facilities was duly acknowledged, and
the Honorary Secretary was requested to convey the thanks of
the Societies to that gentleman. Here the party divided. A
numb-r of them returned towards Malham, and thence to Bell
Busk, and the other portion, under the guidance of Mr. Davis,
took the road across the moors for the Victoria Cave and Settle.
Owing to the inequalities of the ground, the latter party became
sub-divided, though both sections arrived at the Victoria Uave
about the same time. Some interesting observations relative to
HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION. 133
the position of the great north fault were made by some of the
gentlemen present. The party finally descended into Settle by a
very precipitous route. After a hurried visit to the museum at
Giggleswick, where many of the objects found in the Victoria
Cave are arranged, including the largest specimen of the grizzly
bear which was ever found, the excursionists got to Settle Station
just in time to catch the train for Skipton.
The weather, which had hitherto favoured the geologists in
a most remarkable manner, changed for the first time during the
week on Friday morning, when in a heavy shower the party
proceeded from Skipton to Clapham. On arriving at the latter
place, the clouds broke, and it was comparatively fine for a few
hours. This enabled your secretary to take his trusty followers
through the grounds belonging to Mr. Farrer, where the effects
of one of the great faults are very well shown in the gorge of the
stream. A. section of the party then visited the well-known
Clapham Caves, whilst a smaller number proceeded up Trou Gill
to Gaping Ghyll Hole. It is very well-known that the waters
which are collected on the southern flanks of Ingleborough
and which flow as an ordinary beck down to this point, sud-
denly disappear in the yawning limestone just as one might
imagine a river turned into a pit shaft. The waters are doubtless
those which re-appear close to the Clapham Cave. At some
time or other the course of this stream was on the surface, and
the lines of the old valley are still to be seen, though the stream —
no longer excavates that portion of the valley between Gaping
Ghyll Hole and the place offits final emergence into daylight near
the Clapham Caves. It may be as well here to draw attention to
the readiness with which water sinks in these limestone districts,
—a circumstance due partly to the jointing of the rocks them-
selves and partly to their solubility in carbonated waters. Both
branches of the party ultimately returned to Clapham, where they
re-assembled at Junch, which was liberally provided by the land-
lord of the New Inn. Before leaving the table, Mr. Hudleston,
134 HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION.
the President of the Geologists’ Association, took the opportunity
of tendering the thanks of the Association to Mr. Davis for the
admirable manner in which he had conducted the excursions. He
spoke of that gentleman’s extensive knowledge of the geological
features of the district, and referred to the trouble which he had
taken in making the arrangements which had given so much
satisfaction to the visitors——Mr. Davis made a suitable reply, in
the course of which he expressed his gratification at having
made the acquaintance of so many gentlemen, and hoped the
present was only the first of a series of similar excursions.
The rain was now coming down in torrents, and under these
depressing circumstances very few of the members or their friends
showed any anxiety to carry out the programme to its final
completion. Only ten were found bold enough to enter upon the
undertaking, amongst these being the Cicerone and the President.
These gentlemen, well armed with umbrellas and waterproofs,
walked, in a pouring rain which did not cease for a moment
during the excursion, first of all to Norber, a distance of over a
mile, where they saw the magnificent display of ice-borne boulders
of Silurian rocks resting on mountain limestone. By Wharfe
the small party walked round Moughton Fells to Foredale. At
Combe Quarries they saw from below an almost classical section
where the mountain limestone lies unconformably on the upturned
and folded edges of the sulurian slates and grits. A hurried walk
took them to Horton-in-Ribblesdale, where they had the good
fortune to catch the 6.48 train to Skipton.
The contemplated excursion to Raygill Quarries on Saturday
was abandoned, partly in consequence of the threatening nature
of the weather, and partly because many of the members were
anxious to return to their homes in good time.
The excursions gave great satisfaction to the visitors, and
were the means of introducing many persons for the first time to
a district remarkable alike for its geological features and its fine
scenery. There were few opportunities for obtaining fossils, but
Saal ae oy Se See ee - e eee ere be x UE ey ae ae ee ee
‘youvay YNog -g
{qjneq usaetO Jo Touriq YON “0 ‘“LIUH ANOLSTU]{ “P ‘SHINAS AIVGGYOK “g “ANOISAWI'T NIVINAO|! °Z ‘Slug Nviwatig *[—ubigy fo woynunjday
‘uoydIyg —“oyepaaty ‘sTod Aquseyy “AoTTeA UOTE “Wary ‘O[VPATV “OAoD) WeYLe UAe,, UVYTR TN
‘soft ZT oonesI -NOLdIMS OL WVHTIVN NOU NOLLOUS OILVWWNVUOVIG
(‘ouojsowTyT uUvisoUse]\ )
spog UIUEg ‘Gg ‘[RUI[OIJUR OY} JO opIsS ay ILA UO ALI) ONOAS][TPY 94} UI (Spog TILA UOIAVD) purq SNoOJojITISSOF oY} Jo UOTYISOd oyeutxouddy °9 “qu JepUlLy
qsourteddg oyy, -qg ‘(f) gyney [edtoutsd oy} ysurese pooso} st SIZ [VUTPTyU OY} Jo Opts YyAou oy. UG ‘eUO4Speod oyesouIep_ ‘v—'subig fo uoxynunjduyg
EU AY
[VUIPIyUY oY} JO oplg YING oy} UO Sals9G FIA) OUOYSTITI "SYOoY o[epaio X jo peurpyuy 3Y} JO OPIS YON OY} WO Soldeg JID U0ISTITIY
=m
WS SLL ‘O¥eT 95 091 “AOTIEA ‘95 OPE “Aarengy ‘OLR = ele “seundg = —— “95 09% "43 9FF DH
uoyd org edu 9u0jSYOOH, AVIS OWT, inydyug "ood YrO OYVDII4[CVS
WS a "MON MOS “MN
(‘SoTIUE XIs Japun 91941] B ‘syooy woyduro]{ 04 [TF] 04v5.109/vg) “IVANJTOILNVY ALVOOUUVH CHL HONOUHL NOLLOYUS JDILVNNVADVIG
HUDLESTON AND DAVIS: EXCURSION. 135
some of the younger and more active members of the party applied
their hammers at various points with considerable success.
NOTES WITH REFERENCE TO THE SECTIONS.
The section through the Harrogate anticlinal may be regarded as approxi-
mately correct so far as the surface is concerned. The folding of the Yoredale
Rocks beneath the Stray is, to a certain extent, hypothetical. When the rail-
way was made across the Stray the beds were observed to be so much disturbed
that it was thought by some that the principal axis of elevation was at this
point, rather than at the Sulphur Springs.
The Millstone Grit series consist very largely of Shale. It must not be
supposed that the relative thickness of the Grits and Shales is accurately
delinated in the diagram. Even the Plompton Grits, which form the highest
section of the Third Grits in this district, are by no means free from associated
Shales.
The section from Malham to Skipton is designed to give an approximate
idea of the position and contorted character of the rocks in the vicinity of the
Craven fault, and for many miles southward. The surface of the valleys is for
the most part thickly covered with glacial clays, sand and boulders; but where
exposures of the rock are met with they always exhibit a more or less contorted
section. At Malham Tarn the Mountain Limestone extends in more or less
horizontal beds on the upturned edges of the Silurian rocks. The grit rocks
which occupy the higher ground at Hanlith and Flasby Fells are in the form
of synclinals, whilst the summit of the anticlinals occupy the lower parts of the
valleys. At Skipton, a Limestone is quarried, which is supposed to be
equivalent to the Mountain Limestone at Malham, but this is by no means
certain.
136
SECRETARY’S REPORT.
During the year concluded by the present meeting the
Society has held mectings at Dewsbury and Pontefract for the
purpose of listening to communications from its members.
On May 24th, a General Meeting was held at the Mechanics’
Institution at Dewsbury. Mr. F. W. Reuss, president of the
Institution, occupied the chair.
During the summer, arrangements were made for a joint
Excursion of the members of the Geologists’ Association of
London and those of this Society. The combined Associations
met at Harrogate on Monday, July 17th, and the geological
features of the district were examined under the guidance of Mr.
W. H. Hudleston, President of the Geologists’ Association, and
an account was given of the wells by Dr. Oliver, of Harrogate.
On the following day the members visited Knaresborough and
Plumpton. On the 19th (Wednesday), the party, now, and for
the remaining portion of the excursion, under the guidance of the
Honorary Secretary of this Society, left Harrogate and drove to
Skipton, spending some pleasant hours at Bolton Abbey and its
beautiful environment.
On Thursday, Malham and Gordale were visited, and one
portion of the party walked across the moors to the Victoria
Cave; and to Settle and Giggleswick. The Museum of the
Giggleswick Grammar School was inspected. On the 21st (Friday),
the members of the joint Societies proceeded to Clapham. The
Caves, Trougill, and Gaping Ghyll Hole were visited. Hitherto
the weather had been fine, but the remaining and concluding
portion of the excursion was gone through in an extremely heavy
downpour of rain. Most of the party however, notwithstanding
the rain, visited Norber, with its immense assemblage of ice-
SECRETARY’S REPORT. 137
born blocks, thence walked round the spur of Moughton Fell, in-
spected the quarries of slate, with superimposed limestone, and
thence walked to Horton-in-Ribblesdale, and returned by train to
Skipton. The Saturday’s excursion to Lothersdale and Raygill
was abandoned.
A detailed description of the excursion is printed in another
portion of this volume.
The present meeting, at Pontefract, is the third during the
year. The thanks of the Society are due to the Directors of the
Dewsbury Mechanic’s Institution and to the Corporation of
Pontefract for the use of the rooms in which the meetings have
been held, and to Mr. Reuss, and Mr. P. F. Lee, the local
Secretary at Dewsbury, and to Mr. T. W. Tew, our present
chairman, for the kind exertions they have made in the inter-
ests of the Society. :
The number of members is 203, of whom 22 have compounded
for their annual subscriptions and become life members, and the
remaining 181 are ordinary members.
The Society has lost one of its most esteemed vice-presidents
by the assassination of Lord Frederick Cavendish—a vote express-
ing the sorrow and condolence of the members was passed at the
General Meeting at Dewsbury, and forwarded to Lady F. Cavendish
and the Duke of Devonshire. An acknowledgement with thanks
for our sympathy was received from Lord Ed. Cavendish in the
name of the Duke of Devonshire.
The following is a list of the Local Secretaries and the places
which they represent :—
Barnsley a ae 56 ae Thos. Lister.
Bradford aye eae me aise Thos. Tate, F.G.S.
Bridlington ... on ae a G. W. Lamplugh, F.G.S8.
Brighouse ae ‘ie a a T. W. Helliwell.
Driffield as es on Wes Rey. E. M. Cole, M.A., F.G.S., &c.
aia x.. . ee mh ~, on W. Cash, F.G.S.
Huddersfield ... one So hea Peace Sykes
antl ce os a a. a G. J. Wilson, M.A., &e.
Weeds" <.. ere ne ase eo J. E. Bedford
188 SECRETARY’S REPORT.
Mexbro’ i, ae ce ee Rowland Gasgoine, F.G.S.
Middlesbrough at oe, Uy. Dx, W. Yo Veitch:
Selby ... sels a ae ibe, J. T. Atkinson, F.G.S
Sowerby Bridge ae iat a J. Marshall,
Mhirskee. = ae zs ee W. Gregson.
Wensleydale ... 45 Ry, ser Wm. Horne. ;
Work a7. vee te a es Rev. Thos. Adams, M.A., F.G.S
Proceedings, forwarded from their respective Societies, in
exchange for those of our Society, have been received and may
be consulted by applying to the Hon. Secretary or at the Museum
of the Literary and Philosophical Society at Halifax. The follow-
ing is an enumeration of them :—
LIsT OF SOCIETIES WHOSE PROCEEDINGS ARE FORWARDED TO THE
YoRKSHIRE GEOLOGICAL AND POLYTECHNIC SOCIETY.
Yorkshire Archeological and Topographical Society.
Warwickshire Natural History and Archeological Society.
Royal Society of Tasmania.
Royal Dublin Society.
Royal Historical and Archeological Association of Ireland.
Geologists’ Association.
Manchester Geological Association.
Literary and Philosophical Society, Liverpool.
Royal Institution of Cornwall.
Royal Geological Society of Ireland.
United States Geological Survey of the Territories.
Boston Society of Natural History.
Hull Literary and Philosophical Society.
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Academy of Science, St. Louis.
Historical Society of Lancashire and Cheshire.
Geological Society of London,
Royal University of Norway.
Societe-Geologique du Nord.
Oversigt ovet det Kongelige Dranske Videnskabernes Selskabs Kjopenhayn.
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. U.S.A.
Watford Natural History Society and Hertfordshire Field Club.
Copies of the Proceedings of the Society for the following
years may be had on application to the Honorary Secretary
Chevinedge, Halifax, price 2s. 6d. each :—1840, 1841, 1842,
1843, 1484-5, 1845-6, 1847, 1848, 1851, 1853, 1854-5, 1858-9,
1860, 1862, 1864-5, 1865-6, 1867, 1868, 1869, 1870, 1871,
SECRETARY'S REPORT. 139
1875, 1876, 1877, 1878, 1879, 1880, 1881. |
During the past year the committee appointed by the Society
to superintend the exploration of the Raygill Fissure in Lothers-
dale have found it advantageous to suspend operations for sometime
longer. Mr Spencer, the proprietor of the quarries has very kindly
removed a large mass of material which obstructed the entrance to
the horizontal portion of the fissure which has now been reached.
By this means the operations of your committee will be rendered
very much easier and less expensive.- It is hoped that early in
next year operations will be recommenced.
The Society is again indebted to Mr. W. H, Dalton of H.M.
Geological Survey for his assistance in the preparation of the
Bibliographical lists and expresses the thanks due for his kindness.
BALANCE SHEET.
140
“LLAHOLVd ES ‘JOO1100 punoj pue poulmMexy
0 F 66 oe ee a8 yueg ut souvlegq Aq 0 0 02 (que. “uqo0ssy qs) yurg oj pred yseg “
i) 2 RR = yureg 7 couvped og,
‘CNOA NOLLVYOTAXY AUVUVAY TIIODAVY— ON Y LLAMOUG BLIM TNOOOOYVY NI GaenNsvady AL
OES Sle s si as ae yueg ut sourleg Ag 0 F112 iat * 4soaroquy °°
0 F & ee (suonduosqug on) yueg 04 ae ysep “
OF0: tl USAT Se couse On
‘ENQOOOV 'TIVLIdVO—'00 Y LLGMOUG HLIM LNOQOOOY NI YGUOSVaNL THY,
0 8 OslF | 0 8 OgIF
fe WIEOs pe = = ae ‘= " qsoroquy ‘
6 I1 8& a . cis ea yueg ur sourreg “ | Je IG PG soe as -eUe. OF ae yseg *‘
cS JEL : os ie oy yureg unory yseg Ag Pp vce aes ae get ee yueg ye eouveg oy,
‘OD Y LLIAMOAG HLIM CNONOOOY NI YAUNSVaEL AL
OT 81 861F OT 8ST 861F
0 0 OT es. es oe aa _ puey Ul oouvleg $e
Wea |b au . me a oe ; sosuod xg] ss 5
0 6I 0g eee eee ees see eee W080], ‘Vv (74 )} iA we eee oe eee eo eee suoydriosqng ae.
& 91 66 4 ra ai ney P[VULIO A, punuipy ‘ oe NE 408 oe ase a ee 0g Mp WYoyoog °
ht G 16 eetbe aed eee yuegd ou} oVUuL pred yseg Ag 0 0 OI oleta! ove aq don eee erate ouvleg OL
ps & eae tae
ID ‘ZQQL ‘HLQG YAAOLOO OL [RST ‘IS, ATAWHAON WONT Id
Myo iuHsaytpo€’ que qerhopr@ Krurgre yop sfx Jo sangrqusiiem que syilrasage yo yuamayeyy
141
MINUTES OF MEETINGS.
Meeting of the Council at the Museum, Leeds, November
21st, 1881.
Present, Mr. Richard Carter, C.E., in the Chair, Professors Green
and Miall, Messrs. Atkinson, Bedford and Ray Eddy, and
Honorary Secretary.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The Honorary Secretary reported that Mr. Denny having declined
the office of Assistant Secretary, it had been offered to Mr.
Wilson, who had not yet given an answer.
Proposed by Mr. Atkinson, seconded by Mr. Eddy and carried,
‘¢That Messrs. Miall, Green, Sladen and Davis be a Revision
Committee, and that all papers be submitted to, and approved
by, the Committee before publication.”
Proposed by Mr. Bedford, seconded by Mr. Eddy, and carried,
‘That the following accounts be paid :—
E. Wormald ... ee ee ats Od:
W. Hunt “ee ae 010 O
LA Tihs 0
Proposed by Mr. Eddy, seconded by Mr. Miall, and carried, ‘That
a special Council meeting be called to consider and revise
the rules.”
Meeting of the Council at the Museum, Leeds, May 17th,
1882.
~ Present, Mr. W. Gregson in the chair, Messrs. Atkinson, Bedford,
Lee and Honorary Secretary.
The minutes of last meeting were read and confirmed.
Moved by Mr. Atkinson, seconded by Mr. Bedford, and carried,
“That the next meeting of the Society be held at Dewsbury,
on May 24th, 1882, and that Mr. Councillor Reuss preside,
and papers be read by Rev. H. Maule Cole, M.A., and
James W. Davis, F.S.A.
142 MINUTES.
Moved by Mr. Bedford, seconded by Mr. Lee, and carried, ‘‘ That
the following accounts be paid :—
Edmund Wormald _... neo liber sod.
Angelo Megson sree ve. Deeg OREEO
Petty Cash _... me ee O RO lO
£87 15 9
Moved by Mr. Atkinson, seconded by Mr. W. Lee, and carried,
“That a meeting be held in East Yorkshire, and that
arrangements be left with Mr. Cole and the Honorary
Secretary.
General meeting at the Mechanics’ Institution, Dewsbury, on
May 24th, 1882.
M. Councillor Reuss presided.
The minutes of the last general meeting at Bradford were read
and confirmed.
A resolution was proposed by the Chairman, seconded by Mr.
Marriott, J.P., and supported by the Honorary Secretary,
as follows, and it was decided to forward the same to Lady
Frederick Cavendish and the Duke of Devonshire. ‘ That
the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society desires
to express to Lady F. Cavendish, the Duke of Devonshire
and the family, their detestation of the crime which has
deprived the Society of one of its Vice-presidents, who
was esteemed, respected and beloved by all its members ;
Lord Frederick C. Cavendish was always anxious to support
any cause which had for its object advanced education, or
the promotion of original scientific research, and worthily
adhered to the glorious example set by so many of his
ancestors. For this reason this Society regards with the
greatest regret and sorrow his untimely end, but are
cheered by the thought that his good works will serve as a
model for the guidance and encouragement of posterity.”
The resolutions were duly acknowledged by Lord Edward Caven-
dish on behalf of the Duke of Devonshire.
The Chairman delivered an address.
Proposed by Mr. James W. Davis, seconded by Mr. P. F. Lee,
and carried, ‘That the following gentlemen be elected
members of the Society :—Charles Combe Arnold, Moor-
MINUTES. 143
land House, Halifax; William Smith, F.S.A.S., Osborne
Flouse, Motley ; A gal G. Brier ley, Clara Street, Huddersfield ;
F. W. Reuss, Dewsbury; C. H. Marriott, JP, Manor
Lawn Dewsbury.”
Proposed by Mr. Cheetham, seconded by Mr. Bedford, and carried,
‘‘That the next meeting shall be held in Craven, to meet
the members of the Geologists’ Association from London,
instead of Kast Yorkshire.”
Papers were read by the Rev. HE. Maule Cole, M.A., ‘On the
White Chalk of Yorkshire.”
James W. Davis, ‘‘ On the Fossil Fish Remains of the Carbon-
iferous Limestone of Yorkshire.”
Proposed by Mr. Gray, seconded by Mr. Day, and carried, ‘‘That
the thanks of this meeting be given to the Chairman and
authors of papers.”
After the termination of the proceedings, Mr. Reuss entertained
the members at the Wellington Hotel.
Meeting of the Council at the Museum, Leeds, August 9th,
1882.
Present, Mr. J. Ray Eddy in the chair, Messrs. Reynolds,
Bedford, Cheetham, Tate and Honorary Secretary.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
Proposed by Mr. Cheetham, seconded by Mr. Reynolds, and
carried, ‘‘ That the following accounts be paid :—
A. Megson ae sree O: Los. 4d.
H. Wolff eee veer OO LT gO
£110 4
Proposed by Mr. Tate, seconded by Mr. Bedford, and carried,
“That the photographs be obtained from the Autotype
Company, on the terms mentioned by the Honorary Sec-
retary.”
Proposed by Mr. Cheetham, seconded by Mr. Tate, and carried,
“That the photograph for 1883 shall be some object in the
Kast Riding.” <A section in the Hull and Barnsley railway
being suggested.
144 MINUTES.
A joint excursion of the members of the Geologists’ Association
of London, and the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic
Society, commenced on Monday, July 17th, and extended
over the five following days, when the following localities
were visited :—July 17th, Harrogate and district,—18th,
Knaresborough, Plumpton, and Brimham,—-19th, Harrogate
to Skipton,—20th, Malham and Gordale,—21st, Clapham,
Norber, and Moughton,—22nd, Raygill.
Meeting of the Council at the Museum, Leeds, October 25th,
1882.
Present, Thos. W. Embleton in the chair, Messrs. R. Carter, T.
Lister, and Honorary Secretary.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confimed.
Proposed by Mr. Carter, seconded by Mr. Lister, “That. the
following amounts be paid :—
A. Megson ... bic ooo ola sss ge
Whitley and Booth ... cog) 0 ako a0)
Retiy Cashy” =: a re On adem ()
£12 11 0
The Honorary Secretary reported that a photograph had been
taken at Thornwick Bay, Flamborough Head, and sent to
the Autotype Company, with an order to print 250 copies.
Proposed by Mr. Lister, seconded by Mr. Carter, and carried,
‘“ That the annual meeting of the members be held at
Hemsworth or Pontefract, on November 8th, or 15th, 1882,
and that papers be read by Messrs. Lamplugh, Cash, Law
and Davis.”
Annual general meeting of the members, at Pontefract, on
Wednesday, November 15th, 1882.
The members met at the Town Hall, and were conveyed in
carriages to Upton Old Hall, where Mr. Tew provided
lunch. The new cutting on the Hull and Barnsley railway,
close by, was then visited. The Permian Limestone is
exposed in a fine section, resting unconformably on the
coal measures. Mr. Davis explained the section and its
bearings in a brief address. The party then drove back to
-
ff
MINUTES. 145
Pontefract. At four o'clock the members and friends met
at the Town Hall, for the transaction of business.
The chair was occupied by Thomas W. Tew, Esq., J.P.
The minutes of the last general meeting were read and confirmed.
The Honorary Secretary read the annual report and balance sheet
from the Treasurer.
Proposed by the Chairman, seconded by Mr. J. Rhodes (Mayor of
Pontefract), and carried, “That the report and balance
sheet be adopted.”
Proposed by the Honorary Secretary, seconded by Mr. G. Scar-
borough, and carried, ‘That the following gentlemen be
elected members of the Society :—J. H. Phillips, (Scarbor-
ough Philosophical Society); John Haigh, Dewsbury ;
Rev. W. C. Lukis, M.A., Wath Rectory, Ripon; John
Rhodes, Mayor of Pontefract; John Shaw, Darrington
Hall, Pontefract; George Buckley, Jun., Waterhouse
Street, Halifax.”
Moved by Mr. James Booth, seconded by Mr. A. Lupton, and
carried, ‘‘ That the Marquis of Ripon be re-elected president
for the ensuing year.” |
Moved by Mr. W. Cash, seconded by Mr. W. Berry, and carried,
“That the following noblemen and gentlemen be elected
Vice-presidents for the ensuiag year :—Earl Fitzwilliam ;
Duke of Leeds; Earl of Effingham; Earl of Dartmouth; Earl
of Wharncliffe; Viscount Galway; Lord Houghton; Vicount
falitax: the. Sorby, sq, UiL.D:, “FER-S., Ses DoWwe
Tew, Hsq,, J.P.; Walter Morrison, Esq., J.P.; W. S.
Stanhope, Esq., J.P.”
Moved by Mr. R. Carter, seconded by Mr. Eddy, and carried,
“That John Brigg, Esq., J.P., F.G.S., be re-elected Treas-
urer.”
Moved by Mr. W. Cash, seconded by Mr. Embleton, and carried,
“That James W. Davis, F.S.A., F.G.S., be re-elected
Honorary Secretary.”
Moved by Mr. J. T. Atkinson, seconded by Mr. W. Rowley, and
carried, “That the following gentlemen form the Council of
the Society for one year:—Wm. Alexander, M.D., J.P.;
R. Carter, C.E., F.G.S.; W. Cheetham; J, Ray Eddy,
146 MINUTES.
F.G.S.; T. W. Embleton, C.E.; KE. Filliter, C.E., F.G.S. ;
Prof. A. H. Green, M.A., &c.; Prof. L. C. Miall, F.G.S. ;
R. Reynolds, F.C.8.; W. Rowley, F.G.5.; W. Percy
Sladen, F.G.S., &c.; W. Sykes Ward, F.C.S.”
The Chairman (T. W. Tew, Esq.) gave an address on the “ Recent
development of the Coal Field in the neighbourhood of
Pontefract.”
The following papers were read :—
1.— “On the Cliff Section South of Bridlington Quay Harbour.”
By G. W. Lamplugh, Esq.
2.—“On the Distribution of Flint Implements and Flakes
beneath the Peat on the Permian Chain, near Todmorden.”
By R. Law, Esq.
3.—* Notes on Yorkshire Fossil Mollusca.” By W. Cash, Esq.,
F.G.8., &c.
4,—“QOn the Section showing the junction of the Coal Measures
and Permian Limestone, near Kirk Smeaton.” By James
W. Davis, Esq.
Moved by the Mayor (John Rhodes, Esq.), seconded by the
Vicar (Rev. J. J. Christie, M.A.), and carried, ‘‘That the
thanks of the meeting be given to Mr. T. W. Tew, for
presiding, and to the authors of papers.”
At the conclusion of the meeting, the Chairman entertained about
sixty of the members and friends at dinner, at the Red Lion
Hotel, After the usual loyal toasts, the Chairman proposed
‘‘Success to the Society,” and coupled with the toast the
name of the Honorary Secretary, who replied. Mr. R.
Carter proposed ‘The health of the Chairman,” who replied,
and the proceedings terminated.
147
SUMMARY OF GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE RELATING TO YORK-
SHIRE, PUBLISHED DURING 1882, WITH ADDENDA FOR 1881.
Compiled by James W. Davis.
1881—ADDENDA.
CrossKEY, Rev., H. W. Note on some additions to the Fauna of the Post-
Tertiary Beds at Bridlington, Yorkshire, Proc. Birmingham Phil. Soc.,
vol. ii., pt. 2, p. 3873.
Farrtey, T. The Blowing Wells near Northallerton, Chem. News, vol. xliv.,
p. 242.
Fricut, W. Report of an Examination of the Meteorites of ...... Middles-
brough, in Yorkshire, Prec, Roy. Soc. vol. xxxiil., p. 343,
Kipstong, R, On the Structure of Lepidodendron Selaginoides (Sternberg)
from the Coal Measures, Halifax, Yorkshire. Proc. R. Phys. Soc.,
Edin., p. 97.
THorPE, Pror. T. E, Contributions to the History of the Mineral Waters of
Yorkshire, - Journ. Chem. Soc., p. 497.
1882.
CamERON, A. G. ‘Subsidences over the Permian Boundary, betweon Hartle-
pool and Ripon. Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., vol. vii., pt. iv.,
p. 342.
On the Subsidences above the Permian Limestone between Hartlepool
and Ripon, Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1881. p. 617.
Caso, W. On the Halifax Hard Seam. Jbid, p. 626.
Cuark, J. E. Glacial Sections at York, and their Relation to the later Deposits.
Proc. York, Geol. and Polyt. Soc., vol. vii. pt. iv. p. 421, pl. xxiii.
abstract in Rep. Brit, Assoc. for 1881, p. 614.
Daxyns, J. R. On Flots. Proc. York. Geol. Soc., vol. vii., pt. iv., p. 381.
Davis, J. W. On the Exploration of a Fissure in the Mountain Limestone at
Raygill. Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1881, p. 645.
-——- On the Zoological Position of the Genus Petalorhynchus, Ag., a Fossil
Fish from the Mountain Limestone. Jbid, p. 646.
On Diodontopsodus, Davis, a new Genus of Fossil Fishes from the
Mountain Limestone at Richmond, in Yorkshire. Jbid, p. 646.
Summary of Geological Literature relating to Yorkshire, published
during 1881, with Addenda for 1880. Proc. York. Geol, and Polyt.
Scns, Vol. vil, pt.tvs, p. 453.
Farruey, T. On the Blowing Wells near Northallerton. Jbid, vol. vii,, pt. iv.
p. 409, pl. xxii; abstract in Rep. Brit, Assoc. for 1881, pp. 544, 601.
Harrison, W. J. Geology of the Counties of England and Wales. 8vo. London.
148 SUMMARY OF GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE,
Hick, T. and W. Casu. Ona Fossil Stem from the Halifax Coal Measures.
Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1881, p. 679.
A Contribution to the Flora of the Lower Coal Measures of the Parish
of Halifax, pt. iii, Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., vol. vii., pt. iv.,
p- 400, pl. xxi., and abstract in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1881, p. 679.
Hupeston, W. H, Contributions to the Palexontology of the Yorkshire Oolites.
Geol. Mag., dec. ii., vol. vii., pp. 145, 193, 241, pls. v., vi.
Lamptueu, G. W. On the Bridlington Glacial Shell Beds. Rep. Brit. Assoc.
for 1881, p. 616.
Glacial Sections near Bridlington. Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc.,
vol. vil., pt. iv., p. 383. pl. xix.
The Bridlington Crag. G’eol. Mag. dec. ii., vol. ix, p. 383.
Marr, J. E. On Some Sections in the Lower Palxozoic Rocks of the Craven
District. Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., vol vii., pt. iv., p. 397,
pl. xx., and abstract in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1881, p. 650.
Mortimer, J, R. On the Sections of the Drift obtained from the New Drainage
Works, at Driffield. Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc,, vol. vii., pt. iv.,
p. 373, pl. xviii., and abstract Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1881, p. 617.
Poutton, E. B. A Preliminary Account of the Working of Dowkerbottom
Cave, in Craven, during August and September, 1881. Proc. York.
Geol. and Polyt. Soc., vol. vii.. pt. iv., p.351, pl. xvil., and abstract
Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1881, p. 622.
SPENCER, J. Researches in Fossil Botany. ep. Brit. Assoc. for 1881, p. 627.
Notes on Astromyelon and its Root. Jbid, p. 628.
——— Astromyelon and its Affinities. Proc. York. Geol. and Polyt. Soc., vol.
vii, pt.iv., p, 439.
Ving, G.R. Notes on the Carboniferous Polyzoa of North Yorkshire. Jbid,
vol. vii., pt. iv., p. 329, pl. xvi.
Woop, 8S. V. The Newer Pliocene Period in England. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
vol. Xxxvili, p. 667, pl. xxvi,
———- The Bridlington Crag. Geol. Mag., dec. ii,, vol. vii., p. 192.
149
; LIST OF MEMBERS.
Life Members who have compounded for their annual subscriptions are marked with
an asterisk. (*)
ADAMS, THos., M.A., Clifton Grove House, York.
ADAMSON, 58. A., F.G.S., 48, Caledonian Street, Leeds.
AKROYD, ED., F.S.A., &c., Bankfield, Halifax,
*ALDAM, W. J.P., Frickley Hall, Doncaster.
ALEXANDER, WM., M.D., J.P., Halifax.
ANDERSON, C. P., Cleckheaton.
ARNOLD, CHAS. CoMBE, Clare Hall, Halifax.
ATKINSON, J. T., F.G.S., The Quay, Selby.
BAILEY, GEO., 22, Burton Terrace, York.
BAINES, SIR EDWARD, J.P., St. Ann’s, Burley, Leeds.
BALME. E. B. W., J.P., Cote Hall, Mirfield.
BARBER, W. C., F.R.G.S., The Orphanage, Halifax.
BARTHOLOMEW, CHAS., Castle Hill House, Haling, Middlesex.
BARTHOLOMEW, C. W., Blakesley Hall, near Towcaster.
BAYLEY, REv. T., Weaverthorpe.
BEAUMONT, Hy., Elland.
BEDFORD, JAMES, Woodhouse Cliff, Leeds.
BEDFORD, J. E., Burley View, Leeds.
BERRY, WM., King’s Cross Street, Halifax.
BINGLEY, GODFREY, Ash Lea, Cardigan Road, Headingley.
BINNIE, A. R., F.G.8., M. Inst., C.E., Town Hall, Bradford.
BINNS, LEEDHAM, Grove House, Oakenshaw, Brafford.
BootH, JAMES, F.G.5., The Grange, Ovenden, near Halifax.
BooTHROYD, W., Brighouse.
*BowMAN, F.H., D.Sc., F.R.A.S., F.C.S., F.G.S., Halifax.
BRADLEY, GEORGE, Aketon Hall, Featherstone.
BRIERLEY, H.G., Clara Street, Huddersfield.
150 LIST OF MEMBERS.
*Briaa, JOHN, J.P., F.G.S., Broomfield, Keighley.
*BRIGGS, ARTHUR, J.P., Cragg Royd, Rawden, Leeds.
BROADHEAD, JOHN, St. John’s Colliery, Normanton.
BROOKE, ED. jun., F.G.S., Fieldhouse Clay Works, Huddersfield.
BROOKE, Lieut.-Col. THos., J.P., Armitage Bridge, Huddersfield.
BROOKES, Rev. W. J., Elmfield Terrace, Halifax.
BUCKLEY, GEORGE, jun., Waterhouse Street, Halifax.
CAMERON, A. GRANT, of H.M. Geological Survey, Brough-on-
Humber.
CARR, WM., Heathfield, Halifax.
CARRINGTON, THOMAS, F.G.S., High Hazels, Sheffield.
CARTER, R., C.E., F.G.S., Barnsley.
*CASH, W., F.G.S., Elmfield Terrace, Halifax.
CHADWICK, Wm., Arksey, Doncaster.
*CHARLESWORTH, J. B., J.P., Wakefield.
CHEETHAM, W., Horsforth, near Leeds.
CHILDERS, J.W., Cantley, near Doncaster.
AO MARK tal, ede bs0C., beG.o.. 20 bOOL Malm. moike
CoE, Rev. KE. MAULE, M A., Wetwang Vicarage, York.
Coz, Gro. B., Wakefield Road, Bradford.
CoLEFAX, J. S., Ash Grove, Bradford.
Cross, BENJ. C., C.E., Victoria Chambers, Dewsbury.
CROSSLEY, NEWMAN, Barnsley.
CROWTHER, F., Northowram, near Halifax.
*Dakyns, J.R., M.A., of H.M. Geological Survey, 28, Jerymn
Street, London.
DARTMOUTH, Earl of, Patshull House, Wolverhampton.
DAVEY, Hy., Rupert Lodge, Leeds.
*Davis, J. W., F.S.A., F.G.5., F.L.8., Chevinedge, Halifax.
*DENHAM, CHARLES, Halifax.
DENISON, W. B., J.P., Leeds.
DEWHuRST, J. B., Aireville, Skipton.
DoLAN, T. M., F.R.C.S.Ed., Halifax.
LIST OF MEMBERS. ts5l
Drury, Ep., Halifax.
DUNHILL, C, H., M.D., Gray’s (oar York.
DUNNING, JOHN, EGS. Assoc. Inst. C.E., Middlesborough.
Dyson, W., COLBECK, F.S.A., Wilton Park, Batley.
Eppy, J. RAY, F.G.5., Carlton Grange, Skipton.
EDWARDS, Sir HENRY, Bart. J.P., Pye Nest, Halifax.
EFFINGHAM, Earl of, The Grange, Rotherham.
EMBLETON, T. W., C. E., The Cedars, Methley.
Emmott, W., Allerton Place, Halifax.
FARRAR, JAMES, Old Foundry, Barnsley.
FILLITER, E., F.G.S., M. Inst. C.E., Hast Parade, Leeds.
FITZWILLIAM, Earl, K.G., Wentworth Woodhouse, nr. Rotherham.
Fox, M., jun., Mirfield.
FRAZER, H. J., Poole, near Leeds.
GALWAY, The Viscount, Selby Hall, Bawtry.
GARNETT, WILLIAM, Fairlawn, Ripon.
GASCOIGNE, Col. T., Parlington Park.
GASCOIGNE, ROWLAND, F.G.S., Denaby Collieries, Mexbro’, near
Sheffield.
GLEADOW, F., 7, Holker Street, Skipton Road, Keighley.
Gooppy, JAMES, Darfield, near Barnsley.
GouGH, THOS., B.Sc., F.C.S,, Elmfield College, York.
*Gray, THos. H., Brookleigh, Calverley, Leeds.
GREAVES, J. O., Wakefield.
*GREEN, Prof. A. H., M.A., F.G.S., 14, Ashwood Villas, Headingley.
GrREGSON, W., Baldersby, Thirsk.
HAIGH, JOHN, Hightlands, Dewsbury.
HauiFrax, The Viscount, Hickleton Hall, Doncaster.
HALLILAY, J., Burley Road, Leeds.
HARDCASTLE, JOHN, jun., South Milford.
HAWKING, S., Apperley, near Leeds.
HEATON, J. A., Brighouse,
152 LIST OF MEMBERS.
HELLIWELL, T. W., Brighouse.
HEPWORTH, &. C., West Park Street, Dewsbury.
Hirst, JOHN, Tadeastle, Dobcross, Saddleworth.
HOLGATE, BENJ., F.G.S., 8, Atkinson Street, Hunslet.
Hout, H. P., C.E., F.G.S., Fairlea, Didsbury, Manchester.
HORNE, WM., Leyburn.
HoucuHtTon,Lord, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., Fryston Hall, nr. Pontefract.
HowGatTE, WM., 139, Woodhouse Lane, Leeds.
KELL, ARTHUR A., Barnsley.
KELL, GEO., Barnsley.
KIRBY, JOEL, Mexbro’.
KNOWLES, G., Leeds Road, Bradford.
LAMPLUGH, G. W., F.G.S., West Parade, Bridlington Quay.
LANCASTER, ED., Barnsley.
LAURENCE, JNO., Barnsley.
LAXTON, F., Rastrick, Brighouse.
LEATHER, J. T., Leventhorpe Hall, near Leeds.
Les, P. F., West Park Villas, Dewsbury.
LEL, J. BANKS, Ripon.
LEEDS, Duke of, Hornby Castle, Bedale.
LISTER, THOMAS, Victoria Crescent, Barnsley.
LOWTHER, Sir CHARLES, Bart., Swillington Park, near Leeds.
LUPTON, ARNOLD, F.G.S., M. Inst., C.E., Crossgates, near Leeds.
LUKIS, Rev. W. C., M.A., &c., The Rectory, Wath, near Ripon.
Marriott, C. H., J.P., Manor Lawn, Dewsbury.
MARSDEN. THOS., Paper Mills, Barnsley.
MARSHALL, JOHN, Sowerby Bridge, near Halifax.
MARSHALL, STEPHEN A., B.A., Weetwood, near Leeds.
Mason, ©. L., Leeds and County Bank, Leeds.
MAUDE, E., Middleton Hall, Leeds.
McLANDSBOROUGH, J., F.G.S., F.R.A.S., &c., The Exchange,
Bradford.
MENZIES, JAS., Forest House, Ovenden, Halifax.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 1
eA |
wo
MIALL, Professor L. C., F.G.S., 178, Belle Vue Road, Leeds.
MILNE, 8. MILNE, Calverley House, near Leeds.
MITCHELL, JOHN, Swaith Hall, near Barnsley.
MITCHELL, JOSsH., F.G.S., Worsbro’ Dale, Barnsley.
MolseERr, H. R., F.G.S., 2, South View, Heworth, York.
MORLEY, GEORGE, Garforth, near Leeds.
MorriL, Ropr. WILSON, Bradford.
*MORRISON, WALTER, J.P., Malham Tarn, near Leeds.
MorRTIMER, J. R., F.G.S., Driffield.
MLLER, HARRY, Rawden, near Leeds,
Myers, W. BESWICK, 13, Park Square, Leeds.
NELSON, HENRY, St. John’s Cottage, St. John’s Road, Leeds.
NEwHousez, WM. HyY., Brighouse.
NORTON, WALTER, J.P., Denby Dale, near Huddersfield.
ORMEROD, HANSON, Boothroyd, Brighouse.
- ORMEROD, THOMAS, Brighouse.
PaRKE, G. H., F.G.S., F.L.5., Infield Lodge, Furness Abbey.
PARSONS, H. FRANKLIN, M.D., F.G.S., 13, Whitworth Road,
South Norwood, London, S.E.
POCKLINGTON, HENRY, F.R.M.S., Park Row, Leeds.
PRATT, THOMAS, M.R.C.V.S., Ripon.
PRESTON ALFRED ELEY, C.E., F.G.S., The Exchange, Bradford.
*RAMSDEN, Sir J. W., Bart., M.P., Byram Hall, near Pontefract.
Reuss, F. W., Dewsbury.
REYNOLDS, RICHARD, F.C.8., Cliff Lodge, Leeds.
RHODES, JOHN, Snydale Hall, Pontefract.
RiGGE, 8. T., Balmoral Place, Halifax.
RIPON, The Marquis of, K.G., F.R.S., &c., Studley Royal, Ripon.
Ronit, A. K., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.AS.. F.G.S., &., Cogan
House, Hull.
ROWLEY, WALTER, F.G.S., Albion Street, Leeds.
*RYDER, CHARLES, Westfield, Chapeltown, near Leeds.
154 LIST OF MEMBERS.
SADLER, M. T., M.D., Barnsley.
SCARBOROUGH, GEO., Holly Bank, Halifax.
Scarborough Philosophical Society, J. H. PHILLIPS, (Scarbro.’)
SEAL, STEPHEN, F.G.S., Darfield Quarries, Barnsley.
SHARP, C. FORBES, Driffield.
SHAW, JOHN, Darrington Hall, Pontefract.
SHaw, THOMAS, J.P., M.P., Allangate, Halifax.
SLADEN, W. P., F.G.S., F.L.8.. Exley House, Halifax.
SLINGSBY, W. C., Carleton, near Skipton.
SMITH, F., Huddersfield Road, Halifax.
SMITH, WM., F.S.A.S., Osborne House, Morley, near Leeds.
SMITHIES, J. W., Elland.
SorBy, H.C., D.C.L., F.RS,, F.G.S., Broomhill, Sheffield.
STANHOPE, W. T. W.S., J.P., Cannon Hall, Barnsley.
*STANFELD, A. W., Weetwood Grove, near Leeds.
STEEL, R. ELLIOTT, “M A., 28, Blenheim Road, Manningham,
Bradford.
STEVENSON, JOHN, Ormesby Packend, Middlesborough.
Stott, W., Greetland, near Halifax.
STRANGWAYS, C. Fox, F.G.8., of H.M. Geological Survey,
5, Belgrave Crescent, Scarborough.
*STRICKLAND, Sir CHARLES, W., Bart., Hildenley, Malton.
STUBBINS, JNO., F.G.S., Chester Cottage, Old Lane, Halifax.
SwALLow, D., Gasworks, Bradford.
SYKES, PEACE, 33, Estate Buildings, Huddersfield.
TATE, THOMAS, F.G.5., 4, Kingston Road, Leeds.
TENNANT, J. R., Kildwick Hall, near Skipton.
TreTLEY, F. W., Foxhills, Weetwood, near Leeds.
TETLEY, C. F., Spring Road, Headingley, near Leeds.
*Tew, THOMAS W., J.P., Carleton Villa, near Pontefract.
THOMPSON, R., Park Street, The Mount, York.
*TIDDEMAN, R. H., M.A., F.G.S., of H.M. Geological Survey,
28, Jermyn Street, London.
TOWNEND, WALTER, Halifax.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 155
TURNER, R. BICKERTON, J.P., East Parade, Leeds.
VILLIERS, J., East Gate, Beverley.
VEITCH, W. Y., M.D., 37, Grange Road, Middlesborough.
WALKER, CHARLES, Little Houghton, Darfield.
WARD, CHRISTOPHER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Halifax.
WARD, GEORGE, F.C.S., Leeds.
*WARD, J. WHITELEY, Halifax.
WARD, JOHN, F.G.S., 23, Stafford Street, Longton, Staffordshire.
WARD, W. SYKES, F.C.S., Denison Hall, Hanover Square, Leeds.
W ARRINGTON, JOHN, Worsbro’, near Barnsley.
WENTWoRTH, F. T. W. VERNON, Wentworth Castle, Barnsley.
WHARNCLIFFH, Earl of, Wortley Hall, Sheffield.
WHEATLEY, CHARLES, Sand House, Mirfield.
*WHITELEY, FREDK., Clarehall Road, Halifax.
WILSON, E. J., M.A., 6, Whitefriars’ Gate, Hull.
Woop, W. H., Albion Place, Leeds.
Woop, W. H., Boro’ Analyst, Halifax.
WOODALL, J. W., J.P., F.G.8., Old Bank, Scarbro’.
WOODHEAD, JOSEPH, J.P., Woodthorpe, Huddersfield.
* * Itis requested that Members changing their residence will communicate
with the Secretary.
ANGE, BRADFORD,
E.FMS.FGS.
SEPTEMBER. OCTOBER. NOVEMBER DECEMBER. | INCHES.
6 2i 3 4 2n 16 23 lo
= a 5
SSS ——— ae
AN agora a
AY WS a
Wy AANN Wax 3S
NNN SEW ae a ZS a7
RAK NINN WY ete LAN WARY RON NON ——= == = a=
NS Rok SH NA AY NANNN eae WONKA H< WK Fh MOONY SS 1.5
AY SEAN RN QQ ait AW \\ NAN NN MN | —< RAN RAK
SQW SES WRQMWWwwrwwdad GG NK AN MURRAY LK KARA NY
ENN (a! NUNEZ BAAN ANN SRT Ne WWW SW RAW SY
ASS ww Na EN NON XG I Ws AW SN NU AAA AA WY WTS
SS a ANS ND _ FE MMar_Mra»xnu_nnnn’nunana ayy USM AS KK AN Ad EE SO 29
a —— ESSA WOOF ARR WY :
Lf _f SS WBA ANS
= = =2 S222 2 Sek
QW 5
>= a ee ee ee
La ae aecacatal SS 28
eee DEG. Fak
Ses a a 0
Eee es es Bee a ee ee
is
90
‘AAMT
Pn
NN
TURE
80
70
\ se :
20
i
Ut
It
lt
TT
Ht
Hn
I e
iN TNT
ah
TN
Li
bites:
10
ees
ae INCHES
5
| |
ect
ees | — A N \ = \ | 6
———
= AN \ ea N BAN NN
pelea | A AWWA A NWF
es eB \ me Oo \ FF 4 AW AW 5
FEN SERENA NAN
N IN AN A \ A
<A AWWA WAN AN WAY Wx AV WW
RE BEI NIWA AW AQAA CANN WW AMM AYA
Nat MAN WAV. DAM DRO ANN MMMM 0:0
}
_ -<*s* Meteorology of Bradford for 1882. 2%- —
WEEKLY PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE. & RAINFALL, RECORDED AT THE EXCHANGE. BRADFORD,
by John M® Landsborough, FRAS.,FMS.,FGS. and Alfred Eley Preston, Assoc:M.{nst: CE,FMS.FGS.
INCHES | JANUARY. FEBRUARY. MARCH. APRIL. bool, MAY. JUNE | JULY.
{ea Ts a J
je SSiwancn a = = AUGUST SEPTEMBER [| _ OCTOBER. _|__—sNOVEMBER | _DEGEMBER TINGHES. |
See ee 2 ee g mB met A TS = E3 SC COCO =|
t aot SS = = ——— SS ——— = = = = = 2S SS = —t — {— + — SS= le
== = = ——— Sth t= =
f
SS a
=
a sie
tH
Tt
INCHES]
$ O/Bailey. Surveyors Lihographer.Le2ds Noad, Bradford.
rl bal
rea
es
D FOE
ge, Bradford,
n, Asso. M. I
eight above m
| ae ee
H [Sg
HS
Og [5
wos as
Sea O rs
ae | 3d
oO | O44
2 0S RH
g BR |
Crepe earth. 4
qd & | op
ae, | §2 lag
oe 88 (Pa
at | aT is |
|
°o
So
Q
i
|
8 X
60°5
86 | 548 a
83 | 541 | 80°
78 | 539 | 98-2
74 | 537 1103-4
72 | §30 1101.4
70 | 595 H107'2
74 | 596 |108-0
78 | 531 11006
83 | 535 | 82°6
83 540 | 66°2
85 545 | 53:2
Y, AND RAINFA
UMIDITY. |
saturation = 100.)
Lowest.
[esne
rats
gir Date.
AHS
S
0—100
8; 42 | Sep. 2
9} 40 | July 1
7| 43 | Nov
eA oes Sepa 2
1]| 41 Mar. 2
6 | 42 | May 1
3 | 43 | July
4| 46 | May
Ge leesbi |) May, 2
CU osee |eAus:.
i | Dec. 1
5 | 50 | May 3
4| 38 | May 3
Gri 36.) |) May, 1
43
—<e senseneseeemeeesnettietesttensttttiat tenia
METEOROLOGY OF BRADFORD FOR 1882.
Computed from daily observations made at the Exchange, Bradford,
By John McLandsborough, F.R.A.S., F.M.S., F.G.S., and Alfred Eley Preston, Asso, M. Inst. C.E., F.M.S., F.G.S.
Latitude, 53deg. 47 mm. 38 sec. N.; longitude, 1 deg. 45 min. 4 sec. W. Height above meun sea level, 366 ft.
Pressure or ATMOSPHERE TEMrenaTURE OF An Anorrrp Me Varour. Deonee or Humpizy. a Wisp. Ratz.
is Mostar. 1s Moxtn. ‘TeMPeRaToR! leaancal a s I— - Boy = SS EST
In a Cu-| (Complete Saturation = 100. 34 a] 3 be] Direction : 2 : | {2-2 |#25¢/Griterfullonsur-
j ; |bic F SY 2 8 2 ; Este [Ease j
Pe Ee Corrected for I Z| rae | 2] | 2 Pa — 33 a e | Relative Proportion of at 9am. | .|2 z z 4 ere BEES 5 |facent Town Hall
ER ; A #\ 4 2] a) z 3 slp Relative Exonoriton ot aug oa te a 2 2.3|2=2 Ele Mil.stn.
Mostms. | £2 aE By | ian ea | ¥ ale E 3 z/ 2/8 : plies Date|Z= cl8a| lez l Belealaulie Sh Be SEIEE S| av coitt, above
SE | Date] &E |Date.| @ | Temperature. | = | Date, 8 | Date] P| B 8 A) leg 214! Sl elssl ¢ a : Pe ant 5 2/ay| Date. Ss S/S] S | A |pate| #3 HES E\c a = leurface at Exch.
$4 3 Sih | esse cea 6/4 el] @/esl fl e| gleles Date,| 3 |Date| 2 | 38 | 28 B26 RS as), | os ale | S gq |§3/ 2 | = S23 sushleSca|> | Percen-
33 aA a Tien | 8 als Ey a| gel 4| 2) alZleel & g 2 | g> | 22 EEE FAVE VS/E\S EVP IE 2 lel s | & BE /EESs/ESSE] Venth | reo
| By 2 Mean. | of 14 GS ~ | Se] a | alge az |S et “a Gz als | 3 5 /SE= |3S55=|, "| fullat
a Years. pals 5 *=| E 2 | 4 Ei | ales ogee (2s g|Tnctes.lecen'ge
| “Tus. | On | ans. | On | os. | tne, | Ins, |Dex| On [Dee On |Deg| Dex. Deg |Dee. Deg| De.| Dog. Deg Ins, |Grs.|Grs]0—100) On 0—100| On |0—1000—100! Grs On | Deg. |0—6| On (0—6| No.|No.|No.| No.| No. No.| No. No. [0= ns 5
Canary 5 29-840 | 09-633 | 62°0| 6th [330] oath |190) 458 3701 77) 88/423 | 419) 387 2°6|05| 98 | 29th| 68 | Gth| 68 559 seth | e436] em iaal OL ele] Sit wel eine re lie] see | ate doa | cara | ones [no
February. 20°738 | 29°482 | 54°0| 26th | 27°6| 2nd | 26-4) 47°5 39:2) 83 | 9:0 | 43°0 | 43-0 39°8 28/04) -98 | 26th | 64 | 10th| 87 86 648 20th | 664) 25) 13th }1:2} 0} O| O} 2) 4/10) 6} G6 | 7:7) 11) 2-21 | 0:82 2/609 2972 0363 W4
March 29°478 | 29°498 | 69°8| 19th | 32:7] 29nd} 27-1) 61°71 39°6| 11°6 | 11-3] 45:2 | 44-8 40:9 28/06} 98 Ist 65 | 26th | 81 a Vth | 645 ]2°5) 5th |1-4] 0} 1 oO} 1 0 | 21 5} 3 | 64) 18) 2°88 | 0°62 2776 3260 | 0-484 W7
April. 29-344 | 29-475 | 62:3| 20th | 32:0| 16th | 30-3| 526 39°9| 127/136) 44:9 | 44-8 45-4 28/06) 97 bth | 44 | Qist 81 78 639 Vth | 70°2 | 26] 24th }170) 0} 3| 5/11 1/5) 4} 7 | 7:0} 20] 441 | 1°00 2516 2°835 0319 11-2
May .. 29'607 | 29'572 | 69:7 | 19th | 36-0 | 16th | 33-7) 61°3 444/169 i 14°B| 615 | 61-3 49°4 29/13] 90 Ist 36 | 18th | 69 74 637 19th | 857] 20) Ist |08) 0} &| 3) 8, 3) 6} 2) 4 | 49/11] 092] 0:31 2-103 2-277 0174 10°8
June 29-441 | 29631 | 74-4] 30th | 41-0} 13th 4/632 48:8) 14-4) 161 | 648 | 645 65:7 34/14) 89 | 22nd} 46 | 26th] 71 72 630 30th | 85-4) 20) 10th }09) O] 2] O] 7 | 0| 8] 8] 5 | 60| 23) 392) 145 301i 0174 10°6
Tuly 29360 | 29517 | 73:0] 1st | 46°0| 27th | 27-8| 66° 533/132 14°8| 67:9 | 68:0 605 39/16) 87 | dist | 45 | 17mm] 73 | 70 | 625 ist | 99-7] 25) 19th |0-9] 1| 1] 0] 3) 023] o| 3 | 66| 95] 49 | 062 3-401 | 3:61 | 0240 | 10-7
August 29°440 | 29496 | 77-4] 12th | 40°3 | 16th | 31°1| 66:9 E3-1/13'8 144) 68:3 | 68:3 591 39/16] 87 | 15th | 44 | 11th} 72 4 626 9th | 87°99} 2:0) 2nd'170} 1 2) 0) 3) 1 6} 6) 12 | 58) 19) 164 | 0:30 3654 3892 0 238 107
September .. 29439 | 29:495 | 66°5| 2nd | 381 | 16th | 28:4/ 60°6 47:9) 12:7 12:8| 63:0 | 63:0 54:9 35/10) 97 | 27th| 44 6th | 78 78 63) 7th | 763|25|/ 2nd 09} 0} 6] 1 4/ 0| 6] 4] 9 | 6:2) 15] 1:99) 0:43 2894 3299 | 0°335 112
October 29.434 ] 29°444 | 67°2| 2nd | 34°B| 26th | 32:4) 55-0 45:7] 9:3 108/496 | 495 482 35/06) 97 | 13th | 65 Sth | 87 83 635 6th | 668} 25) 6th ,|10} 0/ 3] 0} & | 0: 8/ 6| 6 | 71] 27) 4:08} O69 | 3640 | 4012 0:37 11:0
November 26 14] 9th 29'228 | 29497 | 56:2] 6th | 24°0| 18th | 32:2) 464 37-7) 87) 92) 41-8 | 41-7 422 25/05) 99 5th | 69 | 28th} 84 83 540 10th | 645/30) 22nd | 1] 2] 3] 3] 3!) 0 6) 6] 8 | 68) 97) 517) O61 | 3421 3'828 0-407 12
December... 26°618 | 4th } 1-366 | 29209 | 29°461 | 63°2| 30th | 186| 11th |34-6/ 406 33:5] 7-1| 8-4| 37-7 | 37-4 | 386 23/03) 97 | 27m| 44 | 11th] 90 | 85 | 545 gard | 45-125] oth |*-2} 1] 6] 0] 1) 0 11| 2] 10 | se | 25) 451| 1°61) Bth| 293! 3681 | 4170 | o4s9 | 11°3
Means, or totals.,| 90°129 |28°750 | 1/379 | 20°408 | 29:483 | 03°9| 342 29°7| 64:8 | 43-4] 11-4 | 11°9| 493 | 48-2 478 31/00| 94 51 30 | 179 | sa7 | 26:0 | 695 [25 10] 6 | 92] 14| 66 10 122 | 64 | 72 | 67 237 |39°09| 078 261 35:741 |a9601 | 31860 | 11-08
Means of 14 years | 90-064 26°682 1-182 | 29°493 | 29493} 649| | 33-4 316| 647 42-7 [12:01 11-01 48.0 1478 47-8 atlool 4 | 59 79 | 79 | 630 | 91-2 705 12:9 [nal 26 62 |o7 13923 72/74 63 | 66 186 131-27 | 0-70 31-27 =
Yrarty Maximum anp Miyiuum AtMosrnenic Pressurr, TEMPERATURE, Humipity, AND Raryraty, From 1869 To 1882, [Noustve.
EXPLANATION. Paessvne, ‘TesrenaTune. = = ot ; : : P
‘The observations are made at nine a.m., and, with the pe SEASEE, ODE LO Ce — The rain gauge is fixed upon the top of central roof of the
exception of maximum and minimum thermometer readin, | In Shade. s In Sun's Rays. | (Complete Saturation = 100.) | Greater fall on Exchange, at an elevation of 65} fect above the surface of the
escentinn (Ol mes ES | aHighost Teen ee —_____| _ Last and First = = i surface at Town) |__ Snow. _ pround and 395 fect above mean sea level. The mean y:nrly
‘The highest and lowest barometric readings for cach month, Highest. Lowest. Frost of Season. Highest. Highest. Lowest. Hall & Mid. Rly.| & ,: gLastund First rainfall collected at the Exchange for the fourteen years ending
also the monthly range, are given as recorded ; while the mean : = ; | Stn.thanatéesft) 23 _Snow of Senson. | with 1882 is 31°268 inches, and for the Tast seven yours thereof
pressure is deduced from bi-daily observations corrected for| Year.) = 4 3 eee es 88 le By g Total labuve surface at} x 36:741 inches, As rain gauges on the summits of buildings are
index error, capillarity, temperature, and diurnal range. To oss et ofes Date of ° 33 Ses SBS for Exchange. | A's | Date. Imown to collect less rain than those placed on the surface of
correct for altitude or reduce to sea level (the air temperature aril) Sonter | Pasig eepate Date. |F2E7) Dat Last eer py eee ta Year. =2 - | Date of | Date of jopen ground adjacent thereto, in 1875 rauves were fixed on the
Being $8 degrees and barometer reading 30 inches at sea level), oP * |gee 5 Bee eRe) eo || ap pe) eee EG) sey EGR 2 percen 131g Bene | este: eet arte ee ea ear
401 inch to the hei sven: BEE 3B. S56. 7 Ba ES ERI 5, te of | Snow. é and Railway Station, between which EX
ea AO ineh to the hegbteleiten ee ae eee ee ee ge: gag BA22 ig 25 ABE aes Toittag. | fall at | 2° a now ie about midway, and the ground about the ame level. ‘The
ibalbyaal thie maaceimnuea laud tanitiieand aed eer ekene een erie 5 = as - as 3 3 nehes: Exch’ ge| O mean yearly fall thus obtained on the surfice for seven years
ture of evaporation from thet aT Ana eee AT aaa b ending with 1882 is 39°601 inches, bein 3'E60inches, or 11,08 per
‘aitun/ADd invniim um eadingeseel ha dew igoin elamteltoererat| (pea Deg. Deg. Dee a Ins. | Ins. | Ins. |Per cent cent., more than at the Exchange. ‘There are cozent rensons
Fa a eee enn BenCapcia mate) orcelot (neo 2 | Ave. 30) 198 Mar. 27 77 99 24'480, Pace for concluding that, not only are the differences in the ratrs of
the dry’ and wet Hulb Hygrometer, by Glaisher’s Hygrometrical| 1971 Ey ees cell ee Mort ARG es s Percentage due to the varying ditection and force of tind
ples iti i gi ie ai . er po
TTL Pains tea elea nae DUCT eR eee pB72 864 | July 93 | 24-8 Mar. 27 24°8 producing suftere a eae thedeticieuey iv the smounteoliccled
Mhe direction (of the wind ss jrecorded helindieatedthy-tanos| orn Cay Mery 2) he iar g3 24° fe altributable to the currents. thee prevailingspreve ting due
apd not by the clouds. Its | SEERA THOT eecaa ee 80:9 j July 20) 15:0 Mar. 12 258 recipitation, rather than to a generally suppéred increase in
moa not Atte 1 ale pp peer pay ea mec ang HI 800 | Aug. 17] 13:0 Mar, 22 290 The size of raindrops during their descent. By applying the
lapproxtma ely sforstliow otalite a thorprestire iat nee heres eee |. 15 876 | July 17] 23°0 April 15 266 mean percentage to the fourteen years’ rainfiJlat the Exchange,
square foot. ‘The highest number of eeale indicating 26lbs. ber| Jo4q 8 800 | June 19] 20:0 May 4 16:4 H the mean normal rainfall of central Bradford for such period is
foot has not hitherto been recorded at the Exchange, while at| 1e70 oi 896 | July 19] 13:9 April 6 18:2 found to be 34-732 inches per annum.
some mote expored meteorological stations in this country| 19¢p a Fa | eek HE ey i ane 8 x the instruments with which the obserrations are made
much ereater plesuyee have Leen recorded hy anemometer: reo! | 30219 | May 10 | 20260 | ove +4 | ea [ony 6| 120 Fev tae 36-000 | 30'618 | 31925 VAD Gets 27 | an, | Get. a7 [have been verfed by comparison with the standards at Kew
amount of cloud is estimated by i i { i a : °435 | Oct. 13 | April 20 | Oct. ervatory. s E
eset imated by a scale ranging from| 1862 | 30 644 | Jan. 18] 26462| Mar. 1| 774 | Aug. 12| 186 Apri 18, 08:0 39683 | 43103 | 3-420 1-608 Dee. '8| dur 21 | Now. 19 |. The mean of fourteen years, where given, is for that period
‘Means! 30/926 ! 26°30 aa | 169 l (4199 99 31268 | 39.601 | 3:860 | 11:08 | 1-369) eee ee :
- = _— if a “6 o SO ee — = -> - a >~ 7. om _”
, = rt oe = “
y Rs " = —- Fie Sis De > L Fil, a ="
~~ 4 . :
a ae lee em hs Sse semperiintmenet ena eg re ne Samm mm rt em a etme eB RR ET SRD etre NE enema 3 Se LEA NR RTS TS SIRF PRIN RTE 3 ie a os Ae
x ; i ’ _ Oe Se Ce Re ee Poet me ae = te t ; G
2 ee eee . uw - oe
: : 3 x j F : wa * & ; é rt
~ 2 > ‘ z a } Ss Se ~ -
od = } 4 :- : » 2 a > a SS p oe 7
—- ee bas pte 8 eee ee : a
: ~ ‘ lg el ge ne 2 ithe ie
z t * = t F wT) Or ss o é
1- i ° 1 . : = b a .
5 ; i i | ~ ain $ * : “
7 : i - * Si ae a ae Ae mee) st Pinlee <a . 7
. saat foal \ a7 ’ “ ees ee eee oe oe oar | & < :
ae - Pa = - ? > ean OE ee ae oe H a z ’
Fo ae enc a Na i TR en ce ee ee oe — ts ; , “i :
: M rn 3 ‘“ i ae Soe a ee | -_— - « ,
= % { © ; i ¢ ts is ?
a ; b | . F ie | om ca .
; oe Ps 3 ; a ’ ‘ < = :
3 3 i 3 - « ? 4 i -
3 2 : j mes ; : ;
v4 ‘a ' - . « tt -— a : - t
. . 3 < ft } . wt ww ra 4 5 t &
: : H + an “ : — aa 1 FE
at 2 Cox ‘ “ ‘ e } rae oe ¢ ad
; # } +t. oo ae i t = iS
= E { ; : ; 1 s . f
: 4 : i ‘
7 - ead } = = ; = E 6 : x } t H + = ;
; > i ps r é A i — “sw ~~ SS ~ . =a y i } i 5 “i
aS . 4 ie aaa |
- : ) ; t 5
' : ~ ' ones #4 ees ee eee ae | ’ f
. : ; “ woy ye te P : ; } pe A
= Beer ney" ees 7 hy gr ~~ : Los A = ' , 4 ns
: : 4 ; 2 ae es ; ‘ 3 <
as : «8S Gh Pa , : - “ i i - ot i
4 . 4 o/s = a t .
; . . ' 3 *
= — epee. S : = 4 ; -
: 3 . E . 4 y
= . a
3 % eee “ 2% J i : ;
_ th . i
= . > - . ~ — —_—— c
2 = S — rr 3 = =
so a . ° Oe ee -
: ; : E - >
7 e f a ek ‘
-~ ” — F ‘ 5
=. < : j .
Ls Ps <= “
: Ss : 2 ws F
x = = :
: : : oie ee A elite tegen nA Se ;
2 Co ee “ 7 sek Me ee a ee oe ee ae
a = a oe : = * oS Be ee eo ’
Se =~ oe By +t (Se ee ee ae
; . “ } 4 M + Pil TRS aS: Qecoktie ¢, -%
= ; : : fm el mi ha aie» aah Eas rein lease ts tnetiniei ate
—— SS i Peer + Pi ;
: 2 = 5 <
: y = —< i t
% * r. 3 t : hy
: , aE ee img : }
. - ; 7 '
Po: : . - f : =
ey A ae) é - : & Ps
= : Pi 3 = P
; : ; ' % t f ;
s z 3 x “eee ¥
a - “ : 3 ee os 4 bi $ 4 :
: - egbod, ct ns Nl a a eoar AEN a — : H . :
ee Fer : ~ 2
7 ” - yf } J i> f
‘ F ; ‘ : = ape Sa 3 ~ . ;
2 - ~ _ “
J ‘ a —- pemypleny armenia st i 4 = « Rg
sg ¢ = f - E .
a $ .
Se es et : F & re , <4 : : ; = j ; : ie
ay = ar < x bee OF hee he Ft re ee, ee oa | €n Waianae ie pl ais ntineentet z .
“ x wh ~~ q i 2 =
oe a : i = - = ‘ 5 =the = “ nf * mer ; - a zs = « = Z zs = 2 ae <
ied em
Ts
3 9088 01350 7868
n
a
in 4
<<
x
=
-
=
°
KE
=)
a
=
wn
=
=z
=
=
oe)
72)
x=
=
=
”n
4
eae sean
om alee le ee ee
a8 oe me Bie ne
the
ote te
ek wee
eee ne
ee o 0/0218 we ae es
=2" Ce ay ‘
Tag he
mele ew whalers
eee apes
ote rer ieee Pot em me
Re As) Die BM ED Oe OL ai alie min bask = Fehonsbnoeredchere
pices, tian) «ate m0 ate ane -@ ie Ome he 7 ¥ r
ae nal meee lm wap ei é
ri talel a tee ee ele A ele ee
RN Re te en ee es ee blame ea
-. a mee et 8 ee ae
et ee ene
ct] '
See aie eee eps ee - apace s.
be ha Sas Sage Bo alae Ae. =o --
here oka + : ee LS awe oe
nt ee wee POA Otel mae ew Bway em eee ye
ayer sia jeheka . re vebaceln
aj) ehane a RA whee ofa elm wipe ad
r =m SLRAS ea Neh eC me becom:
Foes Sin je . ee a
es ed an ae Tie oe ek eS
9 (Opa cehes aati
wie eee Bt ene cee. ares
Binkace ib jae. aeba . > aah nt oho ; Mors
a
re ee a a
mete on pale
ar
ee:
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11